Undergraduate Prospectus 2012

UndergraduateProspectus 2012

UN

DERG

RAD

UA

TE PROSPEC

TUS 2

01

2B

RU

NEL U

NIV

ERSITY

B84

BRU

NL

Brunel Business school ....................................................86

school of Arts ....................................................................62

Course DesCriptionsBrowse the subject areas listed below, or go to page 54 for a full course index.

school of engineering And design

Civil engineering ......................................................................92

Design .......................................................................................96

electronic and Computer engineering ................................102

Mechanical engineering .......................................................170

Beng engineering with an integrated Foundation Year ....202

school of heAlth sciences And sociAl cAre ...........134

school of informAtion systems, computing And mAthemAtics

information systems and Computing ..................................148

Mathematical sciences ..........................................................158

Bsc information systems, Computing and Mathematics with an integrated Foundation Year ............203

Brunel lAW school ..........................................................154

school of sociAl sciences

Anthropology ..........................................................................58

economics and Finance .........................................................120

politics, History and international relations .......................180

psychology ..............................................................................186

sociology and Communications ...........................................190

school of sport And educAtion

education ...............................................................................128

sport sciences ........................................................................196

find out more

Degree and course structures ...............................................204

professional experience and accreditation .........................208

Fees and funding information .............................................210

Applying to Brunel ................................................................ 212

entry requirements ................................................................214

summary of terms ................................................................. 217

Visiting Brunel .......................................................................220

General index .........................................................................226

GenerAl inForMAtion

teAching And reseArch .................. 6

Highly rated, flexible courses ............... 6

research-led, up-to- the-minute teaching ............................. 8

fAcilities ............................................. 10

Modern campus facilities .................... 10

All the study resources you need ....... 12

the arts ................................................. 14

sport at Brunel .................................... 16

Work And cAreers .......................... 20

Built-in work experience ..................... 20

All the careers resources you need .... 22

Working while you study .................... 24

student life....................................... 26

social life on campus ........................... 26

the union of Brunel students ............ 28

life on cAmpus ................................. 30

the best of city and country ............... 32

support, heAlth And WelfAre ..... 38

support throughout your university life ....................................... 38

personal support, health and welfare ..........................................40

the Disability and Dyslexia service .... 42

A diverse community ...........................44

Brunel international ............................46

support for international students ....48

entry for international students ........ 50

Fees and funding for 2012 .................. 52

Why choose Brunel? ........................ 4

2 Brunel university

www.brunel.ac.uk

AccommodAtion ............................. 34

A great place to live ............................ 34

High standards both on and off campus .................................................. 36

3

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

u

nd

erg

rad

uat

e Pr

osp

ectu

s

Brunel university

undergraduate Prospectus

CLEARINGThe following will operate during the early stages of the UCAS Clearing Scheme:

Web www.brunel.ac.uk/clearing

email [email protected]

INTERNATIONAL ENQUIRIESWeb www.brunel.ac.uk/

international


ADMISSIONS ENQUIRIESContact the Admissions Tutor listed for your course.

For general enquiries, please contact:

Admissions Office

Web www.brunel.ac.uk/apply


tel +44 (0)1895 265265

REQUEST A PROSPECTUSWeb Go to our homepage (www.brunel.ac.uk) and click ‘Order a prospectus’.

By phone +44 (0)1895 265599

uxbridge, Middlesex, uB8 3PH

FULL DAy PROGRAMME

Dates for students considering entry in september 2011:

Friday 17 June 2011Friday 24 June 2011Friday 9 September 2011Wednesday 14 September 2011Friday 16 September 2011

WEDNESDAy CAMPUS TOURS

1 HOur tOur

Mid-September to late-November 2011 (excluding half-term week)

HALF-TERM CAMPUS TOURS

1 HOur tOur

Two weekdays during October half term 2011 (check the web nearer the time for details)

VIRTUAL OPEN DAy

Explore Virtual Brunel online at www.brunel.ac.uk/vbrunel

Open DaysanD CaMpUs TOURs

Why Choose Brunel?

4 Brunel university

www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

un

derg

radu

ate Prosp

ectus

Why Choose Brunel?

5

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

u

nd

erg

rad

uat

e Pr

osp

ectu

s

Brunel university


Teaching based on up-to-the-minute research ............................ 6

state-of-the-art facilities for work and free time ................................. 10

A focus on employability and your career ............................................ 20

Diverse clubs and societies and an action-packed social life ............... 26

A friendly campus between city and countryside .................................. 30

Brunel’s mission...

to advance knowledge and understanding and provide society with confident, talented and versatile graduates

...demonstrates our commitment to helping you achieve your individual goals, whilst remaining engaged with the community and the world around us. Whatever your aspirations and ambitions, studying at Brunel can help you to develop the skills you need to achieve them, both during your time at university and after you graduate.

Modern accommodation for all new uCAs main scheme undergraduates ........... 34

Support so you can make the most of university life ............................ 38

HigHly rated, flexible courses

6 Brunel university

www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

teachin

g an

d r

esearch

sHape your own degree

Our high-quality courses are built around self-contained modules comprising both compulsory and optional topics.

This means that, for most courses, you can tailor the content to suit your own requirements and interests. Many subjects also allow you to incorporate modules from outside your course, for example languages or modules from other courses within your academic School.

courses in tHe uK’s top 10

Courses and teaching at Brunel regularly receive high ratings in national assessments. subjects in the national ‘top 10’ include:

the Guardian University Guide 2011

Design: 3rd

Physiotherapy (as part of Anatomy and Physiology): 5th

General engineering: 6th

the sunday times University Guide 2011

Design: 1st

History: 10th

the independent Complete University Guide 2011

Design: 5th

sport sciences: 9th

the times Good University Guide 2011

Design: 6th

education: 10th

I came to Brunel because the course included a variety of modules which I was keen to try…

Mihirsee page 159

HigHly rated, flexible courses

7

the national student survey 2010

(drawn from final year students’ satisfaction with their course)

History: 1st

Physiotherapy (as part of Anatomy, Physiology and Pathology): 5th

Aerospace engineering: 7th

Design: 8th

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

t

each

ing

an

d r

esea

rch

Brunel university

teaching and research

researcH-led, up-to-tHe-minute teacHing

8 Brunel university

www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

teachin

g an

d r

esearch

wHat’s Happening rigHt now?

Research centres and institutes across the whole range of our subject areas are helping to deliver solutions to global challenges. The following examples demonstrate the impact of Brunel’s research:

The Centre for Infection, Immunity and Disease Mechanisms is involved in transatlantic research into novel treatments for illnesses like asthma, Alzheimer’s disease, malaria and cancer.

The new Institute for Contemporary Middle Eastern Music will forge links and encourage the sharing of skills and ideas in music between the Middle East and the West.

The Brunel Centre for Advanced Solidification Technology is world-famous for its new techniques in recycled metal purification.

The Magna Carta Institute is an international political think-tank analysing how best to create and maintain just societies that balance personal freedom with authority.

We are proud of the usefulness of our research to the community and the world around us. it improves lives and addresses global issues, while at the same time informing the content of the courses we teach.

The last Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) judged 82% of our research to be of international standing.

In addition, 21% of our academics in the RAE were in the first three years of their careers. We are one of the country’s leading investors in the researchers of the future, keeping our teaching and research fresh and forward-looking.

How does research benefit you?

All our students benefit from Brunel’s focus on research.

• Up-to-the-minutecoursecontent

Brunel’s academics are at the forefront of their fields, so you can be confident that your course is relevant and up-to-date.

• Valuablelinkswithemployers

Research is responsible for much of our collaborative work with business, industry and the public sector. These links provide opportunities for work experience, and demonstrate Brunel’s commitment to producing the professionally-minded graduates that employers want to recruit.

• Anatmosphereofinnovation

Research generates a culture of intellectual endeavour among students and staff, and encourages the interchange of ideas and expertise for which Brunel is famous.

researcH-led, up-to-tHe-minute teacHing

9

Brunel has established innovative partnerships between the university’s academic research and the needs of business and industry. the value of these partnerships to uK industry was recognised in 2010 when Brunel won a Global Business excellence Award for Outstanding research and Development Collaborations.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

t

each

ing

an

d r

esea

rch

Brunel university

teaching and research

modern campus facilities

10 Brunel university

www.brunel.ac.uk/life

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Facilities

An exciting new £30 million flagship building is now under construction at the main entrance to the university’s campus. scheduled for completion in 2012, it will provide new teaching and research facilities as well as an auditorium and art gallery.

Brunel’s investment in buildings and infrastructure is now approaching £300 million, with many new and refurbished social, teaching and sporting facilities and halls of residence, and more green spaces to enjoy outside.

The Schools of Health Sciences and Social Care, Engineering and Design and Business have all benefited from the addition of new, multi-million pound buildings. In addition, the Lecture Centre has undergone an extensive renovation, with high-tech teaching equipment and improved social and study facilities.

Find out more about Brunel’s modern, high-quality accommodation on page 35.

modern campus facilities

11

I chose Brunel due to its excellent reputation and the fantastic student facilities that it has to offer…

Amandasee page 191

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

F

acili

ties

Brunel university

Facilities

all tHe study resources you need



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Facilities

Brunel’s study facilities can help you to achieve your potential and make the most of your degree.

the library

The Library’s location at the centre of the campus reflects its important role in providing you with the resources you will need during your time at Brunel, including:

• anextensivecollectionofbooks,journals and audio-visual materials;

• onlinedatabases,eBooksandover16,000eJournals available via the Library website;

• 1,200studyspacesandnearly500PCs,ina range of environments including group study rooms and silent study areas;

• WiFicapabilitythroughoutthebuilding;

• inductionsessions,informationskillstraining and one-to-one support to help you find and use resources, as well as support in the use of statistics and related packages such as SPSS;

• SubjectLiaisonLibrarianswhoworkwiththe academic Schools to ensure that the Library provides the resources you need.

the Academic skills service (AsK)

ASK specialises in teaching you the skills you need to learn independently and thrive academically throughout your time at Brunel. Whether it’s advice on researching, planning and writing assignments, giving presentations, time management or maths, numeracy and statistics, ASK can offer workshops, individual advice and resources to support your learning.

the Computer Centre and Media services

All students use the services provided by the Computer Centre and Media Services to enhance their learning and personal development. As part of your Registration process, you will be given a username which lasts for the duration of your course. Your username and password (which you must remember and keep secure) allow access to facilities including:

• PCworkstationsacrosscampus,manyof which are open around the clock;

• afilestoreallocationsufficienttoyour academic needs, where you can keep your work securely;

• anemailaccounttobeusedforallyour University correspondence;

• theUniversity’svirtuallearningenvironment, including online library databases;

• theConnectservices,withwhichyoumay connect your own computer to the University network from your halls of residence or via a wireless connection from other areas on campus;

• theBrunelintranet,whichprovidesUniversity news, course information and access to student support;

• anaudiovisualandmediaequipment loan service to enhance presentations and projects.

the international Pathways and language Centre (iPlC)

The IPLC offers a range of modern foreign language courses at a variety of levels, currently in Arabic, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Mandarin Chinese, Russian, Polish, Portuguese and Spanish. The classes are taught by qualified, native speakers, and you will receive a Certificate of Achievement upon successful completion of the course.

all tHe study resources you need

13

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

F

acili

ties

Brunel university

Facilities

tHe arts



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Facilities

the Arts Centre organises classes, courses, exhibitions, concerts and productions throughout the year, and provides the space, tuition and specialist equipment required for your creative skills to flourish.

• Professionally-taughtclassesandworkshopsareofferedinawide variety of the visual arts, including ceramics, painting and drawing. Classes are free once you have paid a small annual membership fee and any necessary costs for materials.

• Thereareseveralstudentdramagroupsandmajorproductionswith a professional director. Auditions are open to all students.

• Awiderangeofvocalandinstrumentalmusicgroupsrehearse each week under professional direction. Tuition is available and the Arts Centre organises concerts throughout the year, including performances from world-renowned musicians as well as Brunel’s own students and staff.

Find out more about the Arts Centre’s activities at www.brunel.ac.uk/artscentre.

Music Awards

University Music Awards are made annually towards the cost of tuition for promising singers and instrumentalists who are not taking music performance as part of their academic course. Auditions are held at the beginning of each academic year. For further details, email the Arts Centre at [email protected].

tHe arts

15

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

F

acili

ties

Brunel university

Facilities

Amazing in every way, with their vast range of art, drama and music courses, the staff at the Arts Centre are on hand to help ease you into Brunel life…

Raevenansee page 79

the school of Arts also runs music groups, that are open to all members of the university. (Auditions may be required for some ensembles.)

sport at brunel



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Facilities

Sport Sciences student Perri Shakes-Drayton won two bronze medals in the European Athletics Championships in Barcelona in 2010, in the 400m hurdles and the 4x400m relay. Perri cut more than half a second from her lifetime best in the hurdles final, and is now ranked sixth in the world in the event.

Over the summer of 2009, the fastest man in the world used Brunel’s outstanding facilities during his preparations for the World Athletics Championships.Usain Bolt, the world-record holder at 100m and 200m, also took time out to meet Brunel’s athletics stars of the future, our Sports Scholars, at a question-and-answer session in the Indoor Athletics Centre.

sport at brunel

17

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

F

acili

ties

Brunel university

Facilities

looking ahead to london 2012 Brunel University is committed to making the most of the London 2012 Olympic and Paralympic Games for our students.The University is using its outstanding reputation in sport to generate an exciting presence at the 2012 Games.

Already an official Pre-Games Training Camp, we expect to host international teams for their preparations for the Games.With more than 100 Olympic and Paralympic graduates to our name, 17 of them medal winners, we anticipate more outstanding achievements from Brunel students, current and past, in London.

sport is an important part of Brunel life.

The University’s involvement in the London 2012 Olympic and Paralympic Games will lead to even stronger sports programmes in the future, with more opportunities for students to try new sports, get involved in fun competitions, and train to reach the top.

sports scholarships

Sports scholarships are designed to benefit elite performance athletes by supporting their academic study and sporting commitments simultaneously. They include:

• afinancialawardandassistancewithcompetitionexpenses;

• accommodationallocatednexttothesportsfacilities if you choose to live on campus;

• mentoringsupportonbalancingstudywithtraining;

• freeuseofsportsfacilities,includingtheIndoorAthleticsCentre.

For further information on sports scholarships, please email details of your sporting performance and state the course for which you are applying to [email protected].

Performance Programmes

Brunel offers Performance Programmes in netball, athletics and tennis, providing coaching and support designed to help students progress and reach their full potential.

www.brunel.ac.uk/2012

2005 Sport Sciences graduate Beth Rodford won gold in the women’s quadruple scull in the 2010 World Rowing Championships in New Zealand. She also raced in the women’s eight at the 2008 Beijing Olympics.

sport at brunel



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Facilities

students of all abilities, from complete beginners to elite athletes, are encouraged to make the most of our world-class facilities.

indoor facilities

• Brunel’sstate-of-the-artIndoorAthleticsCentreincludesa132msprint and hurdles straight, full provision for jumps and throws and a large strength and conditioning area.

• Thefitnesssuiteandgymofferover70cardiovascularandresistancestations, as well as a ‘free weight’ strength training room.

• Therearetwolargesportshalls,ahighly-ratedclimbingwallandfoursquash courts, and fitness classes take place in the exercise studio.

• Thetherapytreatmentroomprovidescomplementarytherapies,osteopathy and a sports injury clinic.

Outdoor facilities

• Athleticsfacilitiesincludeafloodlitsix-lane400mtrackandfullfield events provision, with a newly-refurbished Sports Pavilion for changing and hospitality.

• Floodlitsand-dressed,artificial3Gandnaturalgrasspitches (including a range of grass pitches for rugby and football), as well as tennis and netball courts, are available for training, competition and recreational use.

student successes

Successes in student sport in the last year have included individual triumphs, team promotions and victories at the British University Championships (BUCS):

• 43UniversityteamscompeteinBUCS,withsixteamsinthePremierSouth leagues.

• TheAthleticsClubcontinuedtheirdominantBUCSrecord.Boththewomen’s and men’s teams won their indoor competitions, and came second and sixth respectively outdoors.

• BrunelstudentswonindividualBUCSgoldmedalsintennisandkarate, and two Brunel students bought back bronze medals from the World University Karate Games. Cheerleading were second in their BUCS competition.

• Men’scricketwontheirleagueandtheLondonandSouthEastKnockout Cup, and became Indoor Champions of the Southern England Students Sports Association.

• ThenewUniversityAmericanFootballTeamareenjoyingtheirfirstseason playing in the British Universities American Football League.

sport at brunel

19

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

F

acili

ties

Brunel university

Facilities

A brand new £25 million leisure complex, including an Olympic standard 50m swimming pool, opened in 2010 in nearby uxbridge. Brunel students can swim for as little as 70p!*

* Rates correct at the time of going to press, for students living on campus or in the Borough of Hillingdon, at off-peak times.

built-in worK experience


www.brunel.ac.uk/pcc

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Wo

rk and

careers

One of Brunel’s most distinctive features is our commitment to including periods of work experience – sandwich placements – into many of our courses.

Four-year sandwich courses help students to develop the practical knowledge and skills required to succeed in the competitive graduate job market.

Many of our courses offer a one-year block of work experience (a ‘thick-sandwich’ course) or in some cases two six-month periods (a ‘thin-sandwich’ course). Placements are usually paid, which compensates for the cost of an extra year’s study, and some students are even offered permanent employment after they graduate.

You may be able to apply for a Placement Bursary if your placement is unpaid, as is often the case for students seeking employment in professions such as law, finance, IT and new media.

There are also opportunities to study or undertake a work placement overseas. We have long-standing exchange agreements with universities in Europe and the USA, while some European work placements have led to our graduates being offered employment by international companies.

Each academic School has a dedicated placement officer in the Placement and Careers Centre who understands the industry and has long-established links with employers.

Those courses which do not offer sandwich placements often include a work experience module, so you can still gain experience of working in the real world before you graduate.

Accreditation

Some courses have official ‘seals of approval’ in the form of accreditation by relevant professional institutions. Check the course descriptions (from page 54 onwards) to see if this could apply to you.

built-in worK experience

21

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

W

ork

an

d c

aree

rs

Brunel university

Work and careers

Brunel offers the uK’s ‘Best Placement service’!Brunel’s placement team were named ‘Best Placement Service’ at the 2010 Inaugural National Placement and Internship Awards, run by RateMyPlacement.co.uk. The Placement Service, part of the Placement and Careers Centre, was nominated for the award by Brunel’s own students and their employers.

Brunel is also a contender in the 2011 Rate My Placement Awards for the University with a Forward-thinking Attitude to Work-based Learning.

78% of firms surveyed by the CBi* stated that employability skills developed during industrial placements or other relevant work experience are the top priority for employment in business.

* Firms were surveyed for the report entitled Future fit: preparing graduates for the world of work, March 2009.

all tHe careers resources you need



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Wo

rk and

careers

Ed studied Business and Management and is now an Investment Appraisal Analyst for the Royal Mail

I am part of a team responsible for the appraisal of investment projects and monthly reporting of the authorised projects spend to the Executive Committee. I was headhunted by the Financial Control Director to lead a project to improve processes.

I enjoyed many parts of my degree at Brunel. The variety of modules offered insights into areas of interest in both an academic and career sense, and gave a very good grounding in business and working in industry.

My placement year was invaluable in gaining experience and putting what I had learnt into practise. It helped me develop contacts and knowledge that were integral to my dissertation and helped greatly when looking for a graduate career at a difficult time with the recession in full swing.

Brunel’s focus on jobs and employability means that our graduates have the skills and information they need to compete for the jobs they want.

Advice and information

Careers advice and opportunities are co-ordinated by the Placement and Careers Centre (PCC). With an extensive careers library and interactive online service, a major autumn careers fair, regular workshops, employer presentations and subject-specific “Careers Uncovered” events, you can make informed

decisions from your first year onwards. Local, national and international recruiters target Brunel and there are typically over 1,000 employers advertising with us at any one time.

The Placement and Careers Centre’s iPhone app keeps registered students up-to-date with the latest graduate opportunities.

Mentoring

Professional mentoring for Brunel undergraduates began more than six years ago with the National Mentoring Consortium programme for Black and Asian students. It has since expanded to include other students under-represented in higher education, for example students with disabilities, care-leavers and students first in their family to attend university. Students are matched with mentors from the public and private sector and, in regular meetings at the mentor’s place of work, they work towards personal and professional goals and graduate level employment.

all tHe careers resources you need

23

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

W

ork

an

d c

aree

rs

Brunel university

Work and careers

Brunel graduates enjoy the 13th highest starting salaries in the uK, according to the 2010 Sunday Times Good University Guide. their average salary of £22,374 is nearly £3,000 more than the national average.

in 2010, Brunel was shortlisted for the Times Higher Education entrepreneurial university of the year Award, in recognition of its innovative initiatives to encourage enterprising and creative thinking amongst the whole university community. these include the success of its in-house companies, strategic business partnerships and major student competitions and exhibitions, as well as awards for Global Business excellence and the uK’s best Placement service.

worKing wHile you study



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Wo

rk and

careers

At Brunel, we understand that you may well need to work while you study, both to ease financial worries and to develop your skills.

The Job Shop, part of the Placement and Careers Centre, helps hundreds of students to find part-time and vacation work. There are plenty of high-quality vacancies on campus, in the local area, and further afield. Last year, students collectively earned over £500,000 from on-campus jobs alone!

London might seem like an expensive place to study, but according to NatWest’s latest annual Student Living Index, London is the most cost-effective place to be a student out of 25 UK university cities. This is largely due to the ready availability of well-paid, part-time work, which helps London students to earn an average of £5,024 per year.

Brunel volunteers

Brunel Volunteers co-ordinates volunteering opportunities for students who want to improve their skills and employability. Have a look at the opportunities available on their website, http://brunelvolunteers.org.

worKing wHile you study

25

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

W

ork

an

d c

aree

rs

Brunel university

Work and careers

A degree is essential, but gaining skills to stand out from the crowd and demonstrating that you’re taking steps in the career you want to follow are invaluable.

Kellysee page 62

social life on campus



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

stud

ent life

university is about more than just studying.

Brunel’s modern facilities, bars, refectory, shops, café, central atrium and refurbished nightclub are all on campus, providing the perfect setting for a night out, trying new activities or relaxing after lectures.

Clubs and societies

The Students’ Union is proud of the diversity of clubs and societies that you can join and even help run – everything from Animé Society to Snow Club. If your interests are not represented, we’ll help you start your own group.

nightlife

Brunel’s nightclub, the Academy, caters for all musical tastes. Roll Deep, Tinchy Stryder, Devlin, Big Brother, the Holloways and Wheatus have all played at the Academy in recent years, with DJ sets from Westwood, Trevor Nelson, Shy FX, Hed Kandi and Pendulum. Our urban scene attracts some of the best talent in London. You can also check out up-and-coming comedians, hone your karaoke and pub quiz skills, or even organise your own nights to raise funds for your club or society.

student media

The Union keeps you up-to-date with what’s happening through its free student newspaper, LeNurb (that’s Brunel backwards!), Radio Brunel and the Union website. They are always on the lookout for fresh journalists, designers and DJs to contribute and keep things running.

social life on campus

27

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

s

tud

ent

life

Brunel university

student life

the union of Brunel students (uBs) Social life on campus revolves around the Students’ Union, whose student-elected staff help provide you with the best possible university experience. Turn over for more information about UBS.

I have developed a number of skills at Brunel, such as being able to manage a heavy workload along with a part-time job and a social life!

Kiroulussee page 155

tHe union of brunel students



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

stud

ent life

you are encouraged to take part in university activities, organisation and decision-making at all levels.

the students’ union

The Union of Brunel Students (UBS) facilitates the activities and represents the interests of all students, and encourages everyone to play an active part in its affairs. You will almost certainly make use of some of its wide range of amenities and services, run by an elected group of students and full-time professional staff. You may also like to get to the heart of the organisation’s democracy by becoming involved in its day to day running through the Student Assembly or the Trustee Board.

The Union is a not-for-profit charity. Its income-generating services subsidise its non-trading activities such as clubs and societies, the Advice and Representation Centre, and campaigns ranging from sexual health to alcohol awareness and crime prevention.

influence your studies

The President and Vice Presidents are elected student representatives who sit on both the governing bodies of the University – Council and Senate – and you can also be elected to academic committees and School Boards where you will be in a position to influence your study on issues such as course structure, timetabling and other academic matters. The Student Representation Scheme, run by the Students’ Union, provides advice and training to over 350 reps, enabling you to make the most of these positions. Your opinions may also be sought through questionnaires on your course as a whole, on individual modules, or on the University’s services.

tHe union of brunel students

29

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

s

tud

ent

life

Brunel university

student life

The Union of Brunel Students is run by students for students. Representation and democracy is at the heart of what we do. We represent the needs of our students to the University, to the local community and even the Government.

There are so many different opportunities to get involved with UBS, ranging from clubs and societies to radio presenting, student representation, volunteering and even organising our big events.

The Union organises Freshers’ Week, and with numerous social events and activities, you’ll make friends before you know it. Then to finish the year off we organise the FACE festival, with live music, BBQs and more, in the sun!

They say University years are the best years of your life, and nowhere is that more true than at Brunel!

Priya PallanPresident, Union of Brunel Students

life on campus


www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

life on

camp

us

Brunel is a campus-based university, so virtually everything you need is within moments of where you live and study.

You are never more than 10 minutes away from the halls of residence, catering, social and sports facilities, lecture theatres, Library, Computer Centre or welfare services.

Brunel boasts the kind of welcoming atmosphere that so many other universities lack. The campus environment has a relaxed atmosphere, and helps create a strong student community that flourishes as a result of living, studying and socialising in one location.

Striking 1960s architecture sits alongside outstanding modern designs, offset by gardens and interconnecting pathways.

life on campus

31

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

l

ife

on

cam

pu

s

Brunel university

life on campus

The campus is so vibrant and there is such a rich selection of clubs and societies here that it is difficult not to get involved!

Safasee page 181

tHe best of city and country


www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

life on

camp

us

Brunel is located in uxbridge, a compact and friendly town on the edge of West london.

Uxbridge town centre is just a 20-minute walk or short bus-ride from the heart of the campus, and is packed with more than 300 shops, a multiplex cinema, two shopping malls, dozens of bars and restaurants and a £3 million nightclub which runs a number of very popular student nights.

easy access to Central london

If you want to experience one of the greatest cities in the world, but are daunted by the high cost and bustle of living there, then Brunel offers an ideal compromise.

Our Greater London address means you can access the best work placements and job opportunities. Not only is London the heart of the financial, commercial and creative sectors, but international organisations such as Apple UK, Coca Cola, Parexel, Xerox, Centrica, Hasbro, BT and GlaxoSmithKline are based in and around Uxbridge.

You will also benefit from receiving a London-weighted maintenance loan without the burden of central London living costs.

the countryside on your doorstep

One of Brunel’s best-kept secrets is its proximity to the Grand Union Canal and to part of the Colne Valley Park, consisting of miles of woods, walkways, lakes, rivers and nature reserves, and only a 15-minute walk away.

tHe best of city and country

33

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

l

ife

on

cam

pu

s

Brunel university

life on campus

Brunel By tuBe! Travelling from London to Uxbridge is very straightforward – the town is at the end of the Metropolitan and Piccadilly lines on the London Underground, and overground trains from West Drayton (a short bus-ride from campus) take you to Paddington in just 20 minutes.

a great place to liVe



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Acco

mm

od

ation

Brunel’s halls of residence have been transformed in recent years as part of a £48 million investment programme. All our halls provide high quality, modern facilities and they are all located on campus.

• Our4,545roomsaredividedinto34hallsofresidence,including17 in the spectacular Isambard Complex, completed in 2008.

• AccommodationisguaranteedforallnewUCASmainschemefirst year undergraduates, including those from the local area.

• Allourhallsareoncampus,meaningyouarenevermorethan10 minutes away from the teaching, social and sporting facilities.

• Mostroomsareensuite,butyoucanalsochooseourstandardhalls at a lower cost.

• Allourroomsaresingle,soyouwon’tneedtoshare,althoughstudio flats are also available for co-habiting couples.

• Allroomsofferafreenetworkconnection,throughwhichyoucan access the Internet at no extra cost (with some limitations and subject to the Computer Centre’s Terms and Conditions).

• Specially-adaptedroomsareavailableforstudentswithdisabilities – for more information, see page 43.

We strongly recommend that you live on campus in your first year, to make the most of what university life has to offer. All you need to do is indicate when choosing Brunel on your UCAS form that you will not be living at home. If you are offered and accept a place on a course, the Accommodation Office will contact you with further details.

rent for 2010/11 (check the web for 2011/12 rates)

• Ensuiteroomslaidoutinflats:£110.25perweek

• Ensuiteroomslaidoutoncorridors:£108.22perweek

• Standardrooms:£86.52perweek

• StudioflatsintheIsambardComplex:£165.06perweek (available to co-habiting couples only)

Rent rates include heating, lighting, water and standard insurance. Your lease period is 36 weeks.

a great place to liVe

35

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

A

cco

mm

od

atio

n

Brunel university

Accommodation

residences student Mentors and senior Mentors are employed by the university to support and advise new resident students and to promote a sense of community within the university.

view the accommodation video at www.brunel.ac.uk/life/accommodation/video

HigH standards botH on and off campus



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Acco

mm

od

ation

not only is our accommodation good value and high quality, it also benefits from the highest standards of service. Brunel residential, Catering and Conference services have received ‘Hospitality Assured’ accreditation for the eighth successive year, with services now rated as ‘outstanding’.

What if i want to live off-campus?

Brunel’s Off-Campus Housing Office can give help and advice about renting in the private sector, and there are various options available depending on your requirements.

• ThroughtheHeadLeasingScheme,theHousingOfficerentsproperties from local landlords and then rents them on to groups of students.

• PrivatelandlordsadvertisepropertiesthroughtheHousingOffice. These have to meet minimum basic requirements and provide the required certification before they can be advertised. Most are also inspected by a member of the team.

• Forthosewhoarelookingontheirown,thereareroomswith resident landlords or with other students, who place advertising cards on our notice board looking for housemates.

Average rents for the area are within the region of £80 to £100 per week for a room. For more information on living off campus check the web at www.brunel.ac.uk/life/accommodation/offcampus.

Food and catering

All halls are self-catering, with spacious, well-equipped kitchens. There are also many food outlets across campus.

The main campus refectory, the More Foodhall, is open throughout the day and serves staples such as homemade soup, sandwiches, jacket potatoes and salads, as well as Indian, Thai, Chinese, Continental and British dishes. There are plenty of vegetarian options and Halal-approved meat is available.

To help manage your food budget, you can buy a meal voucher package which saves you money in the main food outlets. Each voucher is currently redeemable to the value of £6 of food or non-alcoholic drinks, and the 100 voucher-package saves you 15% (check the web at www.brunel.ac.uk/catering for the latest rates).

HigH standards botH on and off campus

37

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

A

cco

mm

od

atio

n

Brunel university

Accommodation

Living in halls is extremely convenient. With all the services available on campus, everything you could possibly want or need is at your fingertips.

PujaResidences Student Mentor

support tHrougHout your uniVersity life



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

sup

po

rt, health

and

welfare

For many students, university will offer a first true taste of independence. you have to handle your own finances, organise your own workload, and find somewhere to live.

Whatever your background – from students getting used to a new country and culture to those living at home while they study – you may find that becoming an undergraduate throws up a lot of questions.

Practical support and advice are freely available to all Brunel students, no matter what the problem may be. Throughout your course, you will have access to all the support you need to manage academic, financial, employment-related, administrative, legal, pastoral and accommodation issues.

support within your school

When you arrive at Brunel you will be assigned at least one personal tutor from your academic School, who will be your main point of contact for academic matters, such as module choices and work placements. As you settle in, you will develop many other networks and contacts who will continue to support your academic development. Many Schools organise social events to help you get to know them and each other.

student administrative enquiries

The Student Centre, based at the heart of the campus, is available to provide advice and support throughout your time at Brunel. Student advisers can help with a wide variety of administrative enquiries including: enrolment; student records; finance; fees and funding; student letters; visa applications; general accommodation information; module selection; graduation enquiries; and student ID cards.

external and legal issues

The ARC, part of the Students’ Union, is staffed by professional advisers and offers information, advice and representation on legal issues such as housing, employment, money, benefits and finance as well as University-related issues. The ARC is independent, free and confidential and holds the Community Legal Service Quality Mark.

support tHrougHout your uniVersity life

39

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

s

up

po

rt, h

ealt

h a

nd

wel

fare

Brunel university

support, health and welfare

Brunel’s commitment to care leaversThe Buttle UK Quality Mark was set up to recognise Higher Education institutions that go the extra mile to support students who have been in public care. Brunel’s Commitment to Care Leavers aims to assist care leavers with the university application process and to support them on entry by providing, among other things: a bespoke induction session; a named, single point of contact; year-round on-campus accommodation, if required; and the opportunity to apply for a professional mentor in Level 2 or 3.

For more information, see www.brunel.ac.uk/careleavers.

personal support, HealtH and welfare



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

sup

po

rt, health

and

welfare

Our medical and counselling services are available to help all students, no matter what the problem.

Medical care

Our on-site NHS Medical Centre can be used by any students, staff and members of the public who live within the Practice catchment area and who are registered with the Practice. The Centre is open throughout the year, with a walk-in surgery each weekday during term-time. Students who do not register will be seen in an emergency.

The University does not provide dental services, so you should have a check-up before you arrive.

Counselling

Counselling is free to all Brunel students. We offer emotional and personal help for any issue, such as stress, depression, relationship difficulties, bereavement and any other problem that may be getting in the way of your studies or your enjoyment of university life.

Appointments and weekday 2-3pm drop-in sessions are available all year round, as well as a term-time Tuesday evening 8-9pm drop-in service in the Library.

The service is confidential unless someone is at risk of serious harm. We also have a helpline where you can leave a message, and the duty counsellor will ring you back as soon as possible.

All members of the core team are professionally qualified, and all counsellors, trainees and associates work in strict accordance with the British Association for Counselling and Psychotherapy (BACP) Ethical Framework, and the Brunel University Counselling Service Code of Practice.

personal support, HealtH and welfare

41

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

s

up

po

rt, h

ealt

h a

nd

wel

fare

Brunel university


turn over for information on the Disability and Dyslexia service.

tHe disability and dyslexia serVice


www.brunel.ac.uk/disability

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

sup

po

rt, health

and

welfare

Brunel’s Disability and Dyslexia service (DDs) has received national awards and accolades in recent years, reflecting the quality of the university’s support service.

In 2009, Brunel was judged in an undercover report by the Muscular Dystrophy Campaign to have the best university facilities for disabled students in the London area. We scored 94% overall (the second highest score in the UK) in the University Challenge report, which was carried out by more than 100 Trailblazers, a network of young campaigners for the rights of disabled people.

In 2008, the DDS team were also the recipients of the Times Higher Education Award for Outstanding Support for Disabled Students.

How can we help you?

The DDS works to support and advise all disabled students, including students with dyslexia and other specific learning difficulties, mental health disorders, mobility and sensory impairments and unseen disabilities such as epilepsy, diabetes, arthritis and RSI.

A wealth of specialist resources, knowledge and practical support is available:

• anAssistiveTechnologyCentre(ATC)providingup-to-datespecialist technology, training and support;

• screeningsanddiagnosticassessmentsforspecific learning difficulties;

• one-to-onetuitionforstudentswithspecificlearningdifficulties;

• on-siteneedsassessmentsandITtrainingattheWestLondonAssessment Centre (WLAC);

• aloanbankofequipmentincludingdigitalrecorders,assistivelistening devices and laptops;

• provisionofnotetakers,communicatorsandother support workers;

• supportgroupsandstudentmentoringprogrammes;

• extratimeinexamsandextendedlibraryloans;

• accommodationservices,includingfullyautomatedaccessforwheelchair users, rooms with adapted en suites and kitchen facilities, including grab rails, lowered work surfaces and deaf alerter alarm systems, and accommodation for students attending Brunel with carers.

tHe disability and dyslexia serVice

43

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

s

up

po

rt, h

ealt

h a

nd

wel

fare

Brunel university


the DDs is a confidential service – details are only passed on with your consent. to find out more about services for disabled students, meet a member of the DDs or have a tour around campus, please email us at [email protected].

a diVerse community



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

sup

po

rt, health

and

welfare

Brunel’s students come from a variety of religious and non-religious backgrounds. We positively celebrate the richness that this diversity brings to our community.

the Meeting House

The Meeting House is a pastoral, spiritual and community-building resource for all at Brunel. It provides a dedicated space where you can slow down, enjoy the peace of the Quiet Room or just relax over a cup of fairtrade tea or coffee in the lounge area – all for free!

The Meeting House team can offer a listening ear and personal help and advice as well as spiritual support. Chaplains from Christian, Muslim, Hindu and other faith traditions are available, and you will always be met with a warm welcome and a respectful attitude.

For those with a more specific interest in faith, there is a weekly programme of prayer and discussion. Many different student groups use the Meeting House for worship, meetings and social activities.

In an environment driven by many pressures on your time, the Meeting House is one place where you don’t need to make an appointment – simply drop in!

Widening Participation

Brunel has a longstanding and highly successful Widening Participation (WP) strategy which aims to attract young people from non-traditional backgrounds to aspire to, enter and succeed at university. Brunel students are invited to assist the WP team by becoming WP Ambassadors, working with visiting groups of school and college students on campus or in their own institutions. The team also provides support to retain WP undergraduates through pre-entry and induction events as well as professional mentoring schemes.

To further support students under-represented at Brunel, the WP team also partially finances a range of central student support teams, such as the Counselling Service, Library, Disability and Dyslexia Service and Placement and Careers Centre.

To find out more, visit www.brunel.ac.uk/about/facts/access.

a diVerse community

45

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

s

up

po

rt, h

ealt

h a

nd

wel

fare

Brunel university


My student colleagues represent a diverse and interesting group, not only in terms of their backgrounds and individual challenges, but also in relation to their insights from their own work and life experiences…

WinstonSee page 143

brunel international


www.brunel.ac.uk/international

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

sup

po

rt, health

and

welfare

Brunel is proud to be home to over 2,500 international students from over 110 different countries who play an essential part in creating our diverse and cosmopolitan university.

Brunel International, a dedicated international student centre within the University, offers a range of services to help international students, from the initial enquiry until graduation. Through their work and the broad perspective of Brunel’s academic programmes, we continue to offer a global experience for all our students.

Our proximity to London, one of the world’s most multicultural cities, is complemented by a friendly campus environment with guaranteed accommodation in your first year. In addition, London’s main international airport, Heathrow, is only 15 minutes away by car.

brunel international

47

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

s

up

po

rt, h

ealt

h a

nd

wel

fare

Brunel university


I chose Brunel because it is a multicultural university and offered the best course modules for my career choice.

KiranSee page 187

support for international students



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

sup

po

rt, health

and

welfare

Brunel international is here to help during every stage of your life and studies at Brunel

As well as access to the resources available to all our students, such as state-of-the-art study facilities, careers advice, a multi-faith meeting house and personal, practical and study support, international students can also benefit from a range of other support services:

• pre-departureandarrivalinformation;

• a‘MeetandGreet’servicefromLondonHeathrowairport;

• atailor-madeinternationalstudentorientationprogramme;

• arangeofdaytripstoplacesofinterestintheUK;

• theHostProgramme,whichgivesstudentstheopportunity to spend a weekend in the home of a British family, learning about the UK way of life;

• anactiveInternationalStudentSociety;

• supportandadvicethroughouttheyearfrom trained support staff;

• adviceforyouandyourfamilyontheUK’simmigrationscheme.

the application process

All applicants, including those from overseas, should apply through the Universities and Colleges Admissions Service (UCAS) and must prove their proficiency in the English language.

More information about UCAS is provided on page 212. If you need extra support or advice in completing your application form, you may wish to contact UCAS directly. In addition, Brunel has a number of representatives throughout the world who can assist with the application process.

Further details can be found on the Brunel International web pages (www.brunel.ac.uk/international).

support for international students

49

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

s

up

po

rt, h

ealt

h a

nd

wel

fare

Brunel university


to find out more about life as an international student at Brunel, visit www.brunel.ac.uk/international.

entry for international students



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

sup

po

rt, health

and

welfare

you may need to gain further qualifications before beginning your degree course, especially to improve your proficiency in english. Brunel offers a variety of courses to help you reach the necessary standard.

english language requirements

All students will have to prove that they have met the entry requirements for their course. If your level of English does not meet the entry requirements for your particular programme, you will be offered the chance to raise it to the required standard by attending one of the English language courses run by our International Pathways and Language Centre (IPLC). Visit your course page to find the entry requirement for your programme.

The IPLC provides classes and tutorials in English for Academic Purposes (EAP), helping you to improve your skills in academic writing, seminars and presentations, research, academic reading and English pronunciation and grammar. Several different high-quality courses are available, all of which are competitively priced and taught in small classes.

For more information, visit the IPLC’s website at www.brunel.ac.uk/international/englishcourses.

Modern foreign language courses are also available at the IPLC – see page 13 for more information.

Foundation and First year university studies Programmes

The Intensive International Foundation for Engineering (IIFE) is a full-time, 14-week course for students who would like to progress onto an undergraduate degree in the School of Engineering and Design. Successful completion of the IIFE course allows students to progress to Level 1 of an undergraduate degree programme. There is also an option to take a short English course prior to the IIFE if you do not meet the language requirements for the programme. For more information, see www.brunel.ac.uk/international/foundation, or email [email protected].

The London International College of Business and Technology Ltd (LIBT) works in association with Brunel to offer full fee-paying overseas students an alternative entry route into the University’s undergraduate programmes, with advanced standing.

The First Year University Studies Programmes in Business and Management, Information Systems and Computing, and Economics and Finance are based on, and equivalent to, Level 1 of the Brunel degrees in these subjects, and are fully recognised by the University.

If you do not qualify for direct entry to the First Year Undergraduate Studies Programmes, you can take the International Foundation Programme prior to it. The International Foundation Programme is equivalent to A-levels and other university foundation courses and is designed to prepare students for university-level study. On successful completion of the Programme, you are guaranteed entry onto a First Year University Studies Programme.

For more information, visit www.libt.uk.com or email [email protected].

entry for international students

51

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

s

up

po

rt, h

ealt

h a

nd

wel

fare

Brunel university


fees and funding for 2012


www.brunel.ac.uk/ugfunding

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

sup

po

rt, health

and

welfare

Following the Browne review, published in October 2010, important changes have been proposed affecting higher education funding in england.

At the time of going to press, we are unable to provide fees information for 2012 entry. Please check the web for updates and full details on all fees and funding matters for students starting university in 2012.

Bursaries and scholarships are likely to be available from the Government and from Brunel. Further information will be available on the web nearer the time.

useful websites

www.brunel.ac.uk/ugfunding Brunel’s fees and funding pages, including information on the support available from the university

www.direct.gov.uk/studentfinance Comprehensive information on the Government’s student finance package, including your portal to register and login to student finance online services

www.ucas.com/students/studentfinance General information including help with budgeting and living costs

www.brunel.ac.uk/life/accommodation Information and rent rates for Brunel’s campus accommodation

www.tfl.gov.uk/tickets/oysteronline/2732.aspx Local transport costs and Oyster card information

earning while you study

At Brunel, we understand that you may need to offset your university costs with part-time or vacation work. Our sandwich courses often involve paid placements, which also help you to command a higher salary after graduation. See pages 20-25 to find out about the services provided by the Placement and Careers Centre and Job Shop.

fees and funding for 2012

53

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

s

up

po

rt, h

ealt

h a

nd

wel

fare

Brunel university


I owe much of my success to the renowned work placement scheme at Brunel. At first, I was unsure about whether or not I wanted to spend an extra year at university, but thank goodness I decided to! Not only does the experience look great on your CV, but you can earn some money at the same time!

AminaSee page 157



Course Index

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Co

urse in

dex

Course index A-zKey

BA/Bsc/Beng/BMus/llB Honours degrees: Bachelor of Arts, Science, Engineering, Music or Law

Grad Cert Graduate Certificate

Meng/MMath Master of Engineering or Mathematics* Approved in Principle

AntHroPoloGy

Anthropology BSc (FT and thin-sandwich) ............................................... 60

Anthropology and Sociology BSc (FT and thin-sandwich) ...................... 61

Psychology and Anthropology BSc (FT and thin-sandwich) ................. 189

Arts: see enGlisH; FilM And television studies; GAMes desiGn; JournAlisM; MusiC; PerForMAnCe And diGitAl Arts; tHeAtre

BioMediCAl sCienCes

Biomedical Sciences BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) .................................. 136

Biomedical Sciences (Biochemistry) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ........ 136

Biomedical Sciences (Forensic) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ................ 136

Biomedical Sciences (Genetics) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ............... 136

Biomedical Sciences (Human Health) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) .... 136

Biomedical Sciences (Immunology) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ........ 136

See also: Health Studies; Social Care

Business And MAnAGeMent

Business and Management BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ........................ 88

Business and Management (Accounting) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................................................... 88

Business and Management (Marketing) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................................................... 88

* Business Studies and Sport Sciences BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ....................................................................... 199

Economics and Management BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) .................. 123

International Business BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ................................ 90

Mathematical and Management Studies BA (FT and thick-sandwich) ....................................................................... 168

Mathematics and Statistics with Management BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ....................................................................... 168

See also: Economics

Civil enGineerinG

Civil Engineering with Sustainability BEng/MEng (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................................................... 94

Also available:

BEng Engineering with an Integrated Foundation Year ....................... 202

CoMMuniCAtions: see MediA studies

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

C

ou

rse

ind

ex

55Brunel university

www.brunel.ac.uk

CoMPutinG: see inForMAtion systeMs And CoMPutinG

CreAtive WritinG: see enGlisH

desiGn

Industrial Design and Technology BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ........................................98

Product Design BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) .........100

Product Design Engineering BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................100

Also available:

Broadcast Media (Design and Technology) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ...................................... 118

Multimedia Technology and Design BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ...................................... 116

BEng Engineering with an Integrated Foundation Year ...............................202

drAMA: see tHeAtre

eConoMiCs And FinAnCe

Economics and Accounting BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................124

Economics BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ................122

Economics and Business Finance BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................122

Economics and Management BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................123

Finance and Accounting BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................126

Politics and Economics BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................185

Also available:

Financial Computing BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................160

Financial Mathematics BSc/+MMath (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................162

eduCAtion

Contemporary Education BA (FT) ...........................130

Secondary Education and Physical Education BSc (FT) .................................132

eleCtroniC And CoMPuter enGineerinG

Broadcast Media (Design and Technology) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ...................................... 118

Communication Networks Engineering BEng/MEng (FT and thick-sandwich) ................. 114

Computer Systems Engineering BEng/MEng (FT and thick-sandwich) ...................................... 112

Electrical Engineering with Renewable Energy Systems MEng (FT and thick-sandwich) ............. 110

Electronic and Electrical Engineering BEng/MEng (FT and thick-sandwich) .................104

Electronic and Electrical Engineering (Communications Systems) BEng (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................104

Electronic and Computer Engineering MEng (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................108

Electronic and Microelectronic Engineering BEng (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................106

Multimedia Technology and Design BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ...................................... 116

Also available:


See also: Information Systems and Computing

enGineerinG: see Civil enGineerinG; desiGn; eleCtroniC And CoMPuter enGineerinG; MeCHAniCAl enGineerinG

enGlisH

Creative Writing BA (FT and PT) ...............................64

English BA (FT and PT) ...............................................66

English and Creative Writing BA (FT and PT) ..........67

English and Film/TV BA (FT and PT) .........................67

English and Music BA (FT and PT) .............................67

Games Design and Creative Writing BA (FT and PT) ..............................................................70

Games Design and English BA (FT and PT) ..............70

Performance and Digital Arts and Creative Writing BA* (FT and PT) .........................80

Performance and Digital Arts and English BA* (FT and PT) ..............................................................80

Theatre and Creative Writing BA (FT and PT) .........85

Theatre and English BA (FT and PT) .........................85

See also: Journalism

FilM And television studies

Film and Television Studies BA (FT and PT)..............68

English and Film/TV BA (FT and PT) .........................67

Film/TV and Music BA (FT and PT) ............................69

Games Design and Film/TV BA (FT and PT) .............70

Performance and Digital Arts and Film/TV BA* (FT and PT) ..............................................................80

Theatre and Film/TV BA (FT and PT) ........................85

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Co

urse in

dex



GAMes desiGn

Games Design and Creative Writing BA (FT and PT) ..............................................................70

Games Design and English BA (FT and PT) ..............70

Games Design and Film/TV BA (FT and PT) .............70

Games Design and Music BA (FT and PT) .................70

Games Design and Sonic Arts BA (FT and PT) .........70

Performance and Digital Arts and Games Design BA* (FT and PT) .............................80

Theatre and Games Design BA (FT and PT) .............85

HeAltH studies

Occupational Therapy BSc (FT and PT) ...................138

Physiotherapy BSc (FT and PT) ................................140

Specialist Community Public Health Nursing BSc (FT and PT) ............................................................146

See also: Biomedical Sciences; Social Care

History

History BA (FT and thick-sandwich)........................182

Politics and History BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ..185

inForMAtion systeMs And CoMPutinG

Computer Science BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ....150

Computer Science (Artificial Intelligence) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................150

Computer Science (Digital Media and Games) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)................................150

Computer Science (Network Computing) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................150

Computer Science (Software Engineering) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)................................150

Information Systems BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................152

Information Systems (Business) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................152

Information Systems (eCommerce) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................152

Information Systems (Human-Computer Interaction) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)................................152

Information Systems (Social Web) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................152

Also available:

BSc Information Systems, Computing and Mathematics with an Integrated Foundation Year ...................................................203


Mathematics and Computing BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................166

Mathematics with Computer Science BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................166

See also: Electronic and Computer Engineering

internAtionAl relAtions: see History; PolitiCs

JournAlisM

Journalism BA (NCTJ Accredited)(FT and PT) ..........72

lAW

Law LLB (FT and thick-sandwich) ............................156

MAnAGeMent: see Business And MAnAGeMent

MAtHeMAtiCAl sCienCes


Financial Mathematics BSc/+MMath (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................162

Mathematical and Management Studies BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................168

Mathematics BSc/+MMath (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................164

Mathematics and Computing BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................166

Mathematics and Statistics with Management BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) .......168

Mathematics with Computer Science BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................166

Also available:

BSc Information Systems, Computing and Mathematics with an Integrated Foundation Year ...................................................203

MeCHAniCAl enGineerinG

Aerospace Engineering BEng/MEng (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................172

Aviation Engineering BEng/MEng (FT and thick-sandwich) ...................................... 174

Aviation Engineering with Pilot Studies BEng/MEng (FT and thick-sandwich) ................. 174

Mechanical Engineering BEng/MEng (FT and thick-sandwich) ...................................... 176

Mechanical Engineering with Aeronautics BEng/MEng (FT and thick-sandwich) ................. 176

Mechanical Engineering with Automotive Design BEng/MEng (FT and thick-sandwich) .... 176

Mechanical Engineering with Building Services BEng/MEng (FT and thick-sandwich) ................. 176

Motorsport Engineering BEng/MEng (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................178

Also available:


Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

C

ou

rse

ind

ex

57Brunel university

www.brunel.ac.uk

MediA studies

Communication and Media Studies BSc (FT and thin-sandwich)........................................192

Sociology and Media Studies BSc (FT and thin-sandwich)........................................195

Also available:

Broadcast Media (Design and Technology) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)................................ 118

MusiC

Music BA (FT and PT) .................................................74

Musical Composition BMus (FT and PT) ...................76

Musical Performance BMus (FT and PT) ...................78

English and Music BA (FT and PT) .............................67

Film/TV and Music BA (FT and PT) ............................69

Games Design and Music BA (FT and PT) .................70

Games Design and Sonic Arts BA (FT and PT) .........70

Performance and Digital Arts and Sonic Arts BA* (FT and PT) ..............................................................80

Sonic Arts BA (FT and PT) ..........................................82

Theatre and Music BA (FT and PT) ............................85

Theatre and Sonic Arts BA (FT and PT) ....................85

PerForMAnCe And diGitAl Arts

Performance and Digital Arts and Creative Writing BA* (FT and PT) .........................80

Performance and Digital Arts and English BA* (FT and PT) ..............................................................80

Performance and Digital Arts and Film/TV BA* (FT and PT) ..............................................................80

Performance and Digital Arts and Games Design BA* (FT and PT) .............................80

Performance and Digital Arts and Sonic Arts BA* (FT and PT) ..............................................................80

Performance and Digital Arts and Theatre BA* (FT and PT) ..............................................................80

PolitiCs

International Politics BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................184

Politics BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) .......................184

Politics and Economics BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................185

Politics and History BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ..185

Politics and Sociology BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................185

PsyCHoloGy

Psychology BSc (FT and thin-sandwich) .................188

Psychology and Anthropology BSc (FT and thin-sandwich)........................................189

Psychology and Sociology BSc (FT and thin-sandwich)........................................189

soCiAl CAre

Social Work BA (FT) ..................................................142

Social Work BA (part-time employment route) (PT).............................................................142

Specialist Social Work (Adults) BA/Grad Cert (PT) ................................................144

Specialist Social Work (Children and Families) BA/Grad Cert (PT) ................................................144

See also: Biomedical Sciences; Social Care

soCiAl sCienCes: see AntHroPoloGy; eConoMiCs And FinAnCe; History; MediA studies; PolitiCs; PsyCHoloGy; soCioloGy

soCioloGy

Anthropology and Sociology BSc (FT and thin-sandwich)..........................................61

Politics and Sociology BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................185

Psychology and Sociology BSc (FT and thin-sandwich)........................................189

Sociology BSc (FT and thin-sandwich) ....................194

Sociology and Media Studies BSc (FT and thin-sandwich)........................................195

sPort sCienCes

* Business Studies and Sport Sciences BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) ......................................199

Sport Sciences BSc (FT and PT) ................................198

Sport Sciences (Coaching) BSc (FT and PT) ............198

Sport Sciences (Human Performance) BSc (FT and PT) ............................................................198

Sport Sciences (Management of Sport Development) BSc (FT and PT) .................198

Sport Sciences (Physical Education and Youth Sport) BSc (FT and PT) ..............................198

See also: Education

tHeAtre

Performance and Digital Arts and Theatre BA* (FT and PT) ..............................................................80

Theatre BA (FT and PT) ..............................................84

Theatre and Creative Writing BA (FT and PT) .........85

Theatre and English BA (FT and PT) .........................85

Theatre and Film/TV BA (FT and PT) ........................85

Theatre and Music BA (FT and PT) ............................85

Theatre and Sonic Arts BA (FT and PT) ....................85

Theatre and Games Design BA (FT and PT) .............85


school of social sciences

Anthropology

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

An

thro

po

log

y

AnthropologyAnnual intake: 40

Why study Anthropology At Brunel?

★★ Anthropology at Brunel offers both conventional three‑year degrees and ‘thin‑sandwich’ four‑year degrees which include work placements.

★★ roughly half of our students spend their second work placement abroad, engaged in research in countries such as south Africa, Botswana, India and nepal. you can also take advantage of the opportunity offered by our membership of the european union’s soCrAtes scheme to study at one of 15 continental european universities.

★★ our research has an international reputation, with particular expertise in medical anthropology, child‑focused anthropological research, psychological and psychiatric anthropology and the anthropology of education and learning. staff have carried out fieldwork in oceania, Africa, southeast Asia, the Indian subcontinent, south America and europe.

Courses At A glAnCe

Anthropology Bsc ............................................................................ page 60

honours degree combinations:

• AnthropologyandSociologyBSc ...................................... page 61

• PsychologyandAnthropologyBSc .................................... page 61

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

A

nth

rop

olo

gy

59Brunel university

www.brunel.ac.uk/courses

Craig spent four months in Nepal on his f irs t work placement

i still remember the day i flew to nepal, dreading the unknown. now a year on, i wouldn’t have changed a thing.

During my placement i dealt with various things from helping street children to working with young monks on a health programme.

it was hard at times, and a steep learning curve. seeing abject poverty not on a tv screen but as part of my daily experience will stay with me for life.

Being able to turn your mobile off and realise that you don’t need it is a strange but awesome thing. i think a placement should be about opening doors and opening your eyes to the endless possibilities that the world has to offer you.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

An

thro

po

log

y

60ContACt

Dr James staples and Dr Will rollason, Admissions tutorsJanet Burton, undergraduate Admissions Administrator tel: +44 (0)1895 265961 email: [email protected]

Anthropology BSc

Check the web course entry for up‑to‑date course information and detailed entry requirements.

ABout the Course

Anthropology offers a unique and powerful means for understanding cultural and social diversity in the modern world. At Brunel we apply the ideas of anthropology to practical issues, particularly in the field of medical anthropology and in the analysis of cultural processes in Britain and elsewhere. the Brunel Bsc gives students a broad comparative knowledge of cultural and social systems around the world as well as a fresh, informed perspective on their own backgrounds.

Course Content

level 1

level 1 provides an introduction to the central themes in anthropology and its sister disciplines within the social sciences.

typical Core Modules

• IntroductiontoAnthropology: themes

• IntroductiontoAnthropology: Institutions and Beliefs

• AnthropologythroughFilm

• DimensionsofEthnography

• IntroductiontoSocialand Cultural research

• Individualandsocial processes

• June-December–firstwork placement (four‑year degree only)

level 2

At level 2, you will begin to take specialised options in the history and theory of anthropology as well as learning about research methods.

typical Core Modules

• AnthropologyofInternational development

• BritishEthnicMinorities

• IssuesinSocialAnthropology

• HistoryandTheoryofsocial Anthropology

• EthnographyoftheContemporary World

• January-Septemberofyear3–secondworkplacement(four‑year degree only)

level 3

At level 3, you will study advanced options in anthropology and will write a 10,000 word dissertation on a topic of their choice.

typical Modules

• AnthropologyoftheBody

• AnthropologyofChildhood and youth

• Anthropologyofeducation and learning

• ThemesinPsychologicaland psychiatric Anthropology

• Anthropologyofthe person

• Anthropologyofglobal health

entry CriteriA

gCe A‑level BBB (general studies/Critical thinking accepted as 4th subject only)

Advanced Diploma progression diploma grade B in society, health and development plus a B at A‑level for Additional and specialist learning

BteC level 3 extended Diploma ddd in a related subject

iBDp 32 points

Access pass, including at least 50% ofunitswithMeritorDistinction.

Foralloftheabove,5GCSEsat grade C or above are also required, to include english (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your uCAs application)

MoDes of stuDy/ uCAs CoDes

Anthropology BScL601 3-YEARFULL-TIME L602 4‑yeAr thIn‑sAndWICh

Anthropology AnD SoCIology BScLL6H 3-YEARFULL-TIME LL63 4‑yeAr thIn‑sAndWICh

pSyChology AnD Anthropology BScLC68 3-YEARFULL-TIME LC6V 4‑yeAr thIn‑sAndWICh

• AnthropologyofDisabilityand difference

• KinshipandNewdirections in Anthropology

• AnthropologyofBiomedicine and psychiatry

• MedicalAnthropologyin Clinical and Community settings

teAChing AnD AssessMent

teaching is by a mixture of lectures, seminars, research and one‑to‑one supervision.

Methodsofassessmentdepend on which modules you select. some are assessed by coursework only, some by seen or unseen examination only, and some by a combination of the two.

eMployABility

Anthropology at Brunel is unique because it offers both a three‑year degree and a ‘thin‑sandwich’, four‑year degree which involves two six‑month work placements. sandwich students gain experience and contacts vital for future employment in a world that increasingly expects more than a degree certificate.

CAreers

students of Anthropology pursue both private and public sector careers including work with governmental organisations like the united nations and with non‑governmental organisations like save the Children and oxfam. others

now work as teachers, journalists and research officers in the health and social sectors. some pursue further research degrees in anthropology.

plACeMents

over half our students carry out a placement abroad, in places such as India, nepal, Australia, Africa, papua NewGuineaandJamaica.RecentUKplacementdestinations include the BBC,theForeignOffice,the Campaign for press andBroadcastingFreedom,Amnesty International and the department of health.

students who complete the thin‑sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with professional development’.

Anthropology honours Degree CoMBinAtions

you will select modules from those offered by each of the two subjects. Check the web page for your programme for more course information and full entry criteria.

Anthropology and sociology Bsc

gCe A‑level BBB refer to sociology, page 194

psychology and Anthropology Bsc

gCe A‑level BBB refer to psychology, page 188

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

A

nth

rop

olo

gy

Brunel university

www.brunel.ac.uk/courses 61

Roxanne graduated in 2009

i have always been fascinated by the way in which people perceive and interpret the world around them. i chose Brunel due to the opportunity it offers students to undertake an overseas placement, as well as the huge number of module choices.

reflecting back on my first placement, i was so excited about what the future might hold. i spent both of my placements in sri lanka at the Centre for eco‑Cultural studies, which encourages local people to engage in eco‑cultural development through research, education and community development.

the quality of the teaching at Brunel is brilliant, and the lectures and seminars fire up some heated and interesting discussions!

After graduating i completed an internship at redr uK, the leading training and recruitment charity working in international disaster relief. i attended some of their professional courses and gained a great insight into the humanitarian and development sector, which has prepared me to start a Master’s in Development studies.


school of Arts

Arts

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Arts

Kelly graduated in 2010 and is now an intern magazine journalis t.

For me, Brunel was so much more than just a learning environment. it was a perfect place for me to gain an insight into exactly what i wanted to do with my life. Whilst studying english and writing for the university magazine, i decided i wanted to be a magazine journalist, and with the guidance of my lecturers, i completed work experience at a variety of national publications whilst continuing to study.

now that i have graduated, i am currently at The Times working within their fashion department, and i am excited to be interning next at Vogue. All of my internships have been exciting, rewarding and challenging, and my advice to future students would be to gain as much experience as possible. A degree is essential, but gaining skills to stand out from the crowd and demonstrating that you’re taking steps in the career you want to follow are invaluable.

ArtsAnnual intake: 390

Why study Arts At Brunel?

★★ there is a vibrant student performance culture on campus. the university hosts weekly recitals and concerts, and our new Arts@Artaud series showcases new performance work by students, staff and visiting artists in the newly refurbished surroundings of the Antonin Artaud building. We encourage students to participate in all extra-curricular arts activities, and to take advantage of the classes, courses, exhibitions and concerts run by the university’s Arts Centre.

★★ the university is within reach of london with its West end theatres, the British newspaper library, and museums and other research centres of national and international importance.

COurses At A GlAnCe

Creative Writing BA ............................................................................................................................ Page 64

Creative Writing BA Joint honours ................................................................................................... Page 65

english BA ............................................................................................................................................ Page 66

english BA Joint honours ................................................................................................................... Page 67

Film and television studies BA .......................................................................................................... Page 68

Film and television studies BA Joint honours ................................................................................. Page 69

Games design BA Joint honours ....................................................................................................... Page 70

Journalism BA ..................................................................................................................................... Page 72

Music BA .............................................................................................................................................. Page 74

Music BA Joint honours ..................................................................................................................... Page 75

Musical Composition BMus ................................................................................................................ Page 76

Musical Performance BMus ............................................................................................................... Page 78

Performance and digital Arts BA Joint honours (Approved in Principle) .................................... Page 80

sonic Arts BA ....................................................................................................................................... Page 82

sonic Arts BA Joint honours .............................................................................................................. Page 83

theatre BA .......................................................................................................................................... Page 84

theatre BA Joint honours .................................................................................................................. Page 85

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

A

rts

63Brunel university


Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Arts

64ContACt

Max Kinnings, Admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 267769 email: [email protected]

Creative Writing BA

Check the web course entry for up-to-date course information and detailed entry requirements.

ABout the Course

the creative writing programme at Brunel is one of the longest-established in the uK, and is taught by a uniquely qualified teaching staff fully active in the fields of literature, film, journalism, academia and new media. you will work within a vibrant academic discipline that specialises in contemporary literature and culture.

Cross-disciplinary work is encouraged and the close relationship between subjects in the school, including drama, Film and television and Music, will offer you unique opportunities to pursue creative projects of verve and originality.

this industry-focused course will give you a secure foundation in writing fiction, drama and poetry, and will introduce you to the idea of writing as a profession.

typiCAl Modules

level 1

• IntroductiontoWriting Fiction

• EnglishinEvolution

• IntroductiontoWriting drama

• AcademicPractice

• ThinkingAboutLiterature

• Onefrom:Approachesto Poetry or Approaches to the dramatic text

level 2

• Screenwriting

• Journalism

• WritingPoetry

• ComedyWriting

• 19thCenturyNovel

• Shakespeare

• RomanticPoetry

• TheWomen’sMovementand 20th Century Writing

• BritishFilmandTV

• Contemporaryscreen Comedy

• NewHollywoodCinema

• EuropeanCinema

level 3

• SpecialProject:Major

• SpecialProject:Minor

• WritingModernFiction

• WritingModernDrama

• CriticalTheory

• SpecialAuthor

• ContemporaryWriting

• Post-ColonialPerspectives

• PsychoanalysisandtheMovingImage

• CreativeWritingandtheCreativeIndustries

• WritingComedy

entry CriteriA

GCe A-level BBC, including Grade B in english

Advanced diploma Progression diploma Grade B in Creative and Media plus A-level english at Grade C for Additional and specialist learning. extended project in a related subject preferred

BteC level 3 extended diploma ddM in a related subject

iBdp 30 points

Access Pass in a related subject

For all of the above, 5 GCses at Grade C or above are also required, to include english (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your uCAs application)

Modes oF study/ uCAs Codes

Creative Writing BaW800 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

english and Creative Writing BaQ3W8 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

games design and Creative Writing BaWW28 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

PerformanCe and digital arts and Creative Writing Ba*W4W8 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

theatre and Creative Writing BaW4WW3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

* Approved in Principle

Inthefinalyear,youwillcreate a major writing project, which may take the form of a short story, a novel fragment, a portfolio of poems, a short play, a short script or a collection of journalism. you will, in addition, produce a minor project in another discipline, and will also work on a critical project that supports your writing.

teAChinG And AssessMent

you will be taught through various methods such as lectures, tutorials, workshops and seminars and you will receive one-to-one supervision in your final year project.

Assessment is by a combination of essays, projects, presentations, audiovisual production and examination.

eMployABility

the mastery of language and the ability to research topics, process information and express ideas, all of which Creative Writing confers, are workplace skills which are highly valued by employers in many fields.

CAreers

this course is an ideal foundation for those wanting to move directly into the writing professions or the creative industries and for those who opt to follow one of our career-

focused MA programmes.

Graduates have moved into publishing, journalism, advertising, television, films, business writing, public relations and teaching.

CreAtive WritinG BA Joint honours


english and Creative Writing BA

GCe A-level BBC, including Grade B in english refer to english, page 66

Games design and Creative Writing BA

GCe A-level BBC, including Grade B in english refer to Games design, page 70

performance and digital Arts and Creative Writing BA*

GCe A-level BBd, including Grade B in english and in theatre studies, drama, Performing Arts, Media or Art and design refer to Performance and digital Arts, page 80

theatre and Creative Writing BA

GCe A-level BBC, including Grade B in english and in theatre studies, drama or Performing Arts refer to theatre, page 84


Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

A

rts

Brunel university


We believe that the best inspiration a writer can have is the experience of a fellow writer, and so we regularly invite authors to visit the school and talk to our students. you will also benefit from close contact with working writers who have established a friendly and supportive workshop environment.

the Creative Writing programme is led by the internationally-renowned novelist and dramatist professor Fay Weldon (pictured), along with a lecturing team of novelists and industry experts.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Arts

66ContACt

Jessica Cox and rose Atfield, Admissions tutorstel: +44 (0)1895 266554 / +44 (0)1895 266558 email: [email protected]

English BA


ABout the Course

the BA in english spans everything from shakespeare to Zadie smith, and from emily Bronte to eminem. traditional modules run alongside more innovative options covering areas such as fairy tales, postmodernism, popular literature, south Asian writing, experimental literatures and digital technologies.

We explore literature by looking at its structures and forms, examining the relations between writer, text and reader and how the varying contexts in which literature is produced and read shape and affect interpretation.

Course Content

AtLevel1,youare introduced to english through a number of modules that allow you to become acquainted with various approaches to studying literature.

At level 2, you will study period-based and conceptual modules, and at level 3, you can choose from a wide range of modules that are research-led by experts in the field.

typiCAl Modules

Arts and humanities Core


• AnalysisofWorkexperience

level 1

• ShakespeareandhisContemporaries

• ApproachestoPoetry and Prose

• Approachestodramatic text

• ThinkingaboutLiterature

• IntroductiontoWriting Fiction

• PopularFictions

level 2

• The19thCenturyNovel

• Shakespeare:Textand Performance

• TheWomen’sMovement

• PostcolonialWriting

• Modernism

• Romanticismandrevolution

level 3

• SpecialProject

• TheRenaissance

• CriticalPerspectives:historical Perspectives

• CriticalPerspectives:Contemporary Perspectives

• Shakespeare:thereturn of the Author

• PostcolonialPerspectives

• VictorianLiteratureand Culture

entry CriteriA

GCe A-level BBC, including Grade B in english

Advanced diploma Progression diploma Grade B in Creative and Media or Public services plus A-level english at Grade B for Additional and specialist learning. extended project in a related subject preferred


iBdp 30 points




english BaQ300 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

english and Creative Writing BaQ3W8 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

english and film and television studies BaQ3W6 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

english and musiC BaQW33 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

games design and english BaWQ23 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

PerformanCe and digital arts and english Ba*W4Q3 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

theatre and english BaWQ43 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME


• WritingIndia

• SingleAuthorStudy:seamus heaney

• JaneAustenandher novels

• Late20thCenturyliterature

• Post-MillennialFiction,2000 to the Present

• TheMuslimWorldinEarlyModern english literature


teaching methods include lectures, tutorials, workshops and seminars. you will receive one-to-one supervision for your final year project. Assessment is by coursework, individual and group projects, oral presentations, practical work and written examinations.

eMployABility

english is particularly good at developing the transferable skills that employers value. We emphasise both the acquisition of knowledge and analytical skills and of collaborative communication skills.

the school also offers an optional work experience module in the final year.

CAreers

After graduation, students may enter one of the professions associated with english, such as journalism, publishing, advertising, teaching, the civil service or the media, but our students fit just as easily into many other career environments.

enGlish BA Joint honours


english and Creative Writing BA

GCe A-level BBC, including Grade B in english refer to Creative Writing, page 64

english and Film and television studies BA

GCe A-level BBC, including Grade B in english refer to Film and television studies, page 68

english and Music BA

GCe A-level BBC, including Grade B in english and Grade C in Music refer to Music, page 74

Games design and english BA

GCe A-level BBC, including Grade B in english refer to Games design, page 70

performance and digital Arts and english BA*

GCe A-level BBd, including Grade B in english and in theatre studies, drama, Performing Arts, Media or Art and design refer to Performance and digital Arts, page 80

theatre and english BA

GCe A-level BBC, including Grade B in english and in theatre studies, drama or Performing Arts refer to theatre, page 84


Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

A

rts

Brunel university


the 2010 Arts Careers day saw successful alumni and professionals from the creative industries share their experiences and expertise with current students. toby young (pictured), author of How to Lose Friends and Alienate People, was among a range of professionals from actors to agents and from poets to pr experts, who gave invaluable careers advice on how to ‘make it’ in the arts.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Arts

68ContACt

Xavier Mendik, Admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 266879 email: [email protected]

Film and Television Studies BA


ABout the Course

this is an innovative and flexible course which enables you to explore a range of film and television forms and the social and industrial contexts in which they are produced and consumed.

you will study film and television texts from a range of disciplinary and interdisciplinary perspectives and develop the critical and technological vocabularies and theoretical frameworks with which to conduct close textual and contextual analysis.

Modules focus on both mainstream and alternative practices, and popular genres such as horror and comedy are studied alongside, and informed by, more theoretically oriented material.

Course Content

Foundation modules at Level1introduceyoutofilmand television form, critical frameworks, contexts and the relationship between theory and practice.

At level 2, you will be given more choice. you can develop your understanding in relation to more specific media, geographical and/or genre contexts, and undertake video practice.

At level 3, you are expected to develop increasingly sophisticated frameworks of analysis across a range of modules. you will also engage in practical work in either documentary or alternative video practice.

Final year students also write a dissertation/project in which a critical analysis is made of a subject of your own choice.

typiCAl Modules

level 1

• FilmStyle(core)

• FilmTheoryandPractice

• CriticalMethodologies

• TelevisionGenres


level 2

• VideoProduction(core)

• TV:FormsandMeanings

• ScienceFictions

• NewHollywoodCinema

• EuropeanCinema

• BritishFilmandTelevision

• HongKongCinema

• Screenwriting

level 3

• Project(core)

• Documentary:Theoryand Practice (core)

• GenderandSexuality

• ThirdCinema

entry CriteriA

GCe A-level BCC

Advanced diploma Progression diploma Grade C in Creative and Media plus an A-level at Grade B for Additional and specialist learning


iBdp 29 points




film and television studies BaW620 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

english and film and television studies BaQ3W6 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

film and television studies and musiC BaW3W6 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

games design and film and television studies BaWW26 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

PerformanCe and digital arts and film and television studies Ba*WKW6 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

theatre and film and television studies BaWW46 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME


• AlternativeFilmandVideoProduction(coresingle honours only)

• Horror

• AmericanIndependentCinema

• MediaFreedomand regulation

• QualityAmericantelevision


you will be taught using a combination of lectures, seminars, class screenings, workshops and tutorials.

Assessment is by a variety of methods, including essays, projects, presentations, audiovisual production and ‘seen’ exams.

eMployABility

Our undergraduate programmes are designed to sharpen creative and analytical skills and develop confidence in working in teams and in problem-solving techniques.

CAreers

Our graduates have taken up posts in the film and television industries and in other fields such as journalism, publishing, research, critical writing, arts administration and programming. Our programme also provides a good basis for postgraduate study.

Past students have gone on to work for companies including the BBC, Granada

television and ridley scott Associates in roles as diverse as casting agents, researchers, production assistants and film officers.

FilM And television studies BA Joint honours


english and Film and television studies BA


Film and television studies and Music BA

GCe A-level BCC, including Grade C in Music refer to Music, page 74

Games design and Film and television studies BA

GCe A-level BCC refer to Games design, page 70

performance and digital Arts and Film and television studies BA*

GCe A-level BCC, including Grade B in theatre studies, drama, Performing Arts, Media or Art and design refer to Performance and digital Arts, page 80

theatre and Film and television studies BA

GCe A-level BCC, including Grade B in theatre studies, drama or Performing Arts refer to theatre, page 84


Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

A

rts

Brunel university


Modules focusing on alternative practices are supported by the Cult Film Archive, a unique internationally-recognised resource housed by the screen Media research Centre.

the Centre hosts the annual Cine-excess international Cult Film Conference and Festival in london’s West end, and has recently launched an acclaimed Cine-excess dvd label. Further details can be found at www.cine-excess.co.uk.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Arts

70ContACt

douglas Brown, subject leader, Games design email: [email protected]

Games Design BA Joint Honours


ABout the Course

this joint honours programme is aimed at students who want to develop a comprehensive understanding of the factors which shape the games industry and the techniques and principles used in the design of games.

taught by a team who specialise in research into the theoretical analysis of digital games or who are professionals in the games design industry, this degree will introduce you to ideas and practices at the forefront of game studies and game design. your second subject will also provide ideas and concepts that you can use in your study and design of games.

Course Content

theory modules will develop your analytical understanding of the cultural and social significance and contexts of games. design modules will aid your ability to produce creative, realisable strategies in relation to set briefs. Application modules will provide you with

comprehensive knowledge of the communication skills currently used in industry, including presentation and prototyping skills. At each level, you will also study core and optional modules from your chosen second subject.

typiCAl Modules

level 1

• Theory1:‘Reading’games– methods for, and practice of, analysing the formal components of games

• Design1:Introductionto game design – practical exercises, working to set briefs

• Application1:methodsfor, and practice of, communicating design concepts and ideas


level 2

• Theory2:Approachesto analysing games and players

• Design2:Largegamedesign projects, working to a brief

• Application2:Prototypinggame designs and understanding the games industry

entry CriteriA

GCe A-level BCC



iBdp 29 points

Access Pass in a related subject, including at least 75% of units with Merit or distinction



games design and Creative Writing BaWW28 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

games design and english BaWQ23 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

games design and film and television studies BaWW26 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

games design and musiC BaWW23 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

games design and soniC arts BaWW2H3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

PerformanCe and digital arts and games design Ba*W4G6 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

theatre and games design BaWW42 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME


level 3

• Theory3:Socio-culturalcontexts – analysing the social and cultural implications of games

At level 3, you will also complete a project or projects covering both Games design and your chosen second subject. this work may be design or theory based.


lectures, workshops, seminars, play sessions and tutorials will provide you with different ways of engaging with materials. the programme’s online discussion forum aids in the development of knowledge.

Practical work is assessed by exercises and projects throughout the programme, some of which are carried out in groups. Written essays which accompany projects require evaluation of your own work using a range of theoretical and critical tools.

eMployABility

you will acquire core transferable skills in effective communication, leadership, self-management, initiative and personal responsibility.

CAreers

the course will prepare you for a career in the digital games industry or allow specialisation within the field of digital games in combination with your chosen second subject.

Games design and Creative Writing BA

GCe A-level BBC, including Grade B in english refer to Creative Writing, page 64

Games design and english BA


Games design and Film and television studies BA

GCe A-level BCC refer to Film and television studies, page 68

Games design and Music BA

GCe A-level BCC, including Grade C in Music refer to Music, page 74

Games design and sonic Arts BA

GCe A-level BCC (please note that GCse Maths is also required for sonic Arts combinations) refer to sonic Arts, page 82

performance and digital Arts and Games design BA*


theatre and Games design BA



Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

A

rts

Brunel university


in 2009, Games design at Brunel was shortlisted from over 600 entries for the Times Higher Education (THE) ‘excellence and innovation in the Arts’ Award. the achievement reflects the inventive and engaging teaching methods employed within the subject area, led by professor tanya Krzywinska.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Arts

72ContACt

Murray dick or Benedetta Brevini, Admissions tutorstel: +44 (0)1895 265502 or 267273 email: [email protected]

Journalism BA (NCTJ Accredited)


ABout the Course

this programme offers an ideal launch-pad for anyone hoping to embark on a career in journalism in the digital age. We offer rigorous and demanding training in news writing, teeline shorthand, public affairs and law, and provide opportunities to gain work experience. you will also learn how to edit and package for a range of journalism formats with an emphasis on cross-media platforms and hand-held technology. Complementing practical and contextual skills will be gained through the interrogation of ethical, historical and theoretical debates.

We enjoy a close association with the national Council for the training of Journalists, which accredits our programme. We will be delivering essential nCtJ training alongside broader contextual and critical elements.

Brunel’s journalism team is committed to diversity.

the nCtJ runs a diversity fund, which provides bursaries to support the training of journalists from ethnically and socially diverse backgrounds – for more information, visit www.journalismdiversityfund.com.

ACCreditAtion

the course is accredited by the national Council for the training of Journalists (nCtJ).

Course Content

AtLevel1,youwillgainessential skills in news writing, reporting, shorthand and radio journalism as you learn about the history of the craft of journalism and about the workings of the uK Government and international institutions.

At level 2, you will learn about law and the media. On a practical level, you will learn how to put together video reports and develop video journalism skills, and you will produce pages for print and online media.

At level 3, you will undertake major pieces of self-directed journalism and a dissertation, as well as working on a multimedia group project and further developing your knowledge of media law. you will also develop skills in online journalism

entry CriteriA

GCe A-level BBC, including a B in english, history, economics, sociology, a modern foreign language or a similar subject indicating critical analysis and communication skills

Advanced diploma Progression diploma Grade B in Creative and Media, plus an A-level at Grade C for Additional and specialist learning, or in Public services, plus A-level english at Grade B for Additional and specialist learning. extended project in a related subject preferred


iBdp 30 points

Access Pass in Journalism and Media, including distinctions in all Journalism units and distinction in 50% of remaining level 3 units



P500 3-YEARFULL-TIME

and you will have the opportunity to gain real-world work experience.

typiCAl Modules

level 1


• NewsWriting

• NewsReportingand Production

• HistoryofJournalism

• RadioJournalism

• UK,EuropeanandGlobalInstitutions

level 2

• CrimeandCourtsin the news

• DataGatheringfor Journalists

• VideoJournalism

• ReportingUKLocalGovernment

• MagazineJournalism

• TheoriesofJournalism

level 3

• OnlineEntrepreneurship

• LawandtheMedia

• MajorGroupJournalism Project

• AnalysisofWorkexperience

• JournalismDissertation


you will be taught by experienced senior journalists with a strong track record in training and education.

you will be assessed in a range of ways including practical work, essays, presentations, exams and reflective reports.

eMployABility

As well as careers in journalism, you are likely to find employment in other sectors such as communications, public relations, policy, production, business and the non-governmental and charity sectors, due to the transferable nature of your skills and knowledge.

We are highly mindful of the shortage of production journalists and will therefore be tailoring part of the programme in that direction to further enhance students’ employability.

CAreers

Many of our graduates will be seeking first jobs in journalism, primarily in the local and regional sector. the programme will also cater for candidates seeking to enter the burgeoning periodical sector.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

A

rts

Brunel university


you will learn the fundamental skills of journalism in our new state-of-the art multi-platform digital newsroom and broadcast facilities, using industry standard hardware and software.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Arts

74ContACt

Colin riley, Admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 266582 email: [email protected]

Music BA


ABout the Course

this programme is designed for students who wish to focus on the academic study of music while still retaining the freedom to pursue composition, performance, and interests outside of music.

Itprovidesathoroughknowledge of the development of Western musicinthe20thand21stcenturies, informed by a broad understanding of earliermusichistory.Itintroduces the important methods of analysis commonly applied to music of this period, as well as ideas in aesthetics, music sociology, music psychology and critical theory.

the course requires students to explore fundamental questions about the nature and meaning of music by analysing and critiquing musical texts, and by considering their social, cultural and political contexts.

Course Content

you will have a wide range of modules from which to choose and you can specialise in areas that particularly interest you. the final year project requires you to carry out in-depth research on any related topic of particular interest to you.

typiCAl Modules

level 1 Core


• Musicianship

• Musicsince1900:themes and Contexts

level 1 options

• IntroductiontoSonicArts

• PrinciplesofMusicalComposition

• PrinciplesofPerformance Practice

• SonicArtsComputing1

• CurrentsinElectronicMusic

level 2 Core

• MusicandPerception

• Musicsince1900:experiment and tradition

level 2 options

• SonicArtsProject

• ConductingandRealisation

• Improvisation

• InstrumentationandOrchestration

• CompositionforSoloist(s)

• ContemporaryPerformance 2

• PopularMusicPractice

• LivePerformanceand electronics

level 3 Core

• Musicsince1900:Modernism and Postmodernism

• SpecialProject

• SpecialTopic

entry CriteriA

GCe A-level BBC, including A-level Music

Advanced diploma Progression diploma Grade B in Creative and Media plus an A-level at Grade C for Additional and specialist learning

iBdp 30 points

BteC level 3 extended diploma ddM. BteC level 3 diploma is also accepted alongside other level 3 qualifications – please contact the Admissions tutor for more information. All BteC candidates will have to pass a brief entrance test, details of which will be provided upon application


practical For information on practical music entry criteria, see the right hand column



musiC BaW300 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

english and musiC BaQW33 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

film and television studies and musiC BaW3W6 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

games design and musiC BaWW23 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

theatre and musiC BaWW43 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

your special project may take the form of a lecture-recital, a dissertation or an extended original composition.

level 3 options

• OrchestralandEnsembleComposition

• AdvancedImprovisation

• ExploringPopularMusic

• MusicJournalism


Brunel’s music staff includes some of the country’s leading composers and performers, with teaching and research strengths in composition, performance, musicology and socio-critical musicology. Modules on the course reflect the expertise of the staff and focus on technique and interpretation in contemporary music performance, as well as relevant cultural and historical issues.

Assessment methods include coursework, projects, oral presentations, practical work and some written examinations. the proportion of exam to coursework is approximately30:70.

eMployABility

Brunel’s Music courses help develop a wide range of vocational, collaborative and transferable skills that are highly attractive to employers in industry and commerce. students have the opportunity, for example, to developITskillsandhighlysought-after presentation and communications skills.

CAreers

A high proportion of our Music graduates have either progressed to postgraduate study at a university or conservatoire or have entered the music profession as performers, composers, teachers and technicians. Others have entered arts administration, publishing, the media and management.

Graduates have gone on to work for prestigious companies such as universal (decca) and the english national Opera.

MusiC BA Joint honours


english and Music BA

GCe A-level BBC, including Grade B in english and Grade C in Music refer to english, page 66

Film and television studies and Music BA

GCe A-level BCC, including Grade C in Music refer to Film and television studies, page 68

Games design and Music BA

GCe A-level BCC, including Grade C in Music refer to Games design, page 70

theatre and Music BA

GCe A-level BCC, including Grade B in theatre studies, drama or Performing Arts and Grade C in Music refer to theatre, page 84

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

A

rts

Brunel university


MusiC-MAKinG At Brunel

Brunel’s school of Arts and Arts Centre have a strong tradition of practical music-making and there are a number of ensembles that you can participate in, including the new Music ensemble, Jazzbridge, Brunel vox and new noise. the Arts Centre holds regular lunchtime and evening concerts featuring visiting performers, music students and staff.

Music at Brunel also has associations with the london Contemporary orchestra and piano Circus.

prACtiCAl MusiC entry CriteriA

All candidates without either A-level Music at Grade C or equivalent or Grade 8 ABrsM, lCMM or trinity College will be required to pass a brief entrance test, details of which will be provided upon application

ABrsM, Guildhall, lCMM or trinity Grade 8 in an instrument or voice is normally required for performance modules. Other applicants will be considered on an individual basis. Applicants without Grade 8 may be asked to attend an interview and/or audition

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Arts

76ContACt


Musical Composition BMus


ABout the Course

this programme is aimed at students who wish to study musical composition toanadvancedlevel.Itprovides a grounding in the main compositional techniques of the 20th and 21stcenturies,andhelpsyouto use this understanding in your original work.

you will also gain an understanding of significant developments in music from Modernism onwards, and of the broader currents in music history which led to these developments. there are regular opportunities to hear your work played, and options in performance and music technology are available.

For information on practical music-making at Brunel, see page 75.

Music at Brunel also has associations with the london Contemporary Orchestra and Piano Circus.

the skills and experience gained during this course will be useful to anyone wishing to become a composer, whether of concert music or for broadcast, theatre or education.

Course Content

you will have a wide range of modules from which to choose. the final year project requires you to carry out in-depth research on any related topic of particular interest to you.

typiCAl Modules

level 1 Core


• Musicianship



level 1 options





level 2 Core




entry CriteriA

GCe A-level BCC, including A-level Music


iBdp 29 points

BteC level 3 extended diploma ddM. BteC level 3 diploma is accepted alongside other level 3 qualifications – please contact the Admissions tutor for more information. All BteC candidates will be required to pass a brief entrance test, details of which will be provided upon application


practical All candidates without either A-level Music at Grade C or equivalent or Grade 8 ABrsM, lCMM or trinity College will be required to pass a brief entrance test, details of which will be provided upon application. Grade 8 in an instrument or voice is normally required for performance modules. Other applicants will be considered on an individual basis. Applicants without Grade 8 may be asked to attend an interview and/or audition



W302 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

level 2 options


• Improvisation






level 3 Core


• SpecialProject


level 3 options

• SpecialTopic



• MusicJournalism


the music staff includes some of the country’s leading composers and performers, with teaching and research strengths in composition (both acoustic and studio-based), performance, musicology and socio-critical musicology.

each subject employs a wide range of assessment methods including coursework, individual and group projects, oral presentations, practical work and some written examinations.

eMployABility

Brunel’s music courses help develop a wide range of vocational, collaborative and transferable skills that are highly attractive to employers in industry and commerce. students have the opportunity, for example, todevelopIT,presentationand communications skills during the course.

Our undergraduate programmes are designed to sharpen creative and analytical skills and develop confidence in working in teams and in problem-solving techniques.

CAreers



Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

A

rts

Brunel university


Brunel has an unequalled concentration of contemporary music practitioners of national and international reputation, including the composers John Croft, Carl Faia, Christopher Fox, harald Muenz, Colin riley, Jennifer Walshe and peter Wiegold (pictured directing the new noise group), the pianist sarah nicolls, the jazz musician Frank Griffith, and the musicologist Bob Gilmore.

the presence of associate artists and ensembles including piano Circus and the london Contemporary orchestra provides an incomparable resource that few institutions can match.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Arts

78ContACt


Musical Performance BMus


ABout the Course

this programme is designed for performers on any instrument or voice who have a special interest in recent and20thcenturymusic.Itwill help you to develop sensitive and imaginative approaches to musical performance, and will inform your performance with an awareness of the historical and social context in which the music was written.

Instrumentaltuitionisprovided, and many options, such as music technology and composition, are available.

For information on practical music-making at Brunel, see page 75.

this programme helps you to gain the skills and knowledge needed to pursue a career in music performance, with an emphasis on, but not limited to, contemporary music.

Course Content

you will have a wide range of modules from which to choose and you can specialise in areas that particularly interest you. the final year project requires you to carry out in-depth research on a related topic that interests you.

typiCAl Modules

level 1 Core


• Musicianship



level 1 options





level 2 Core



• SoloRepertoiredevelopment

level 2 options



• Improvisation






entry CriteriA

All candidates without either A-level Music at Grade C or equivalent or Grade 8 ABrsM, lCMM or trinity College will be required to pass a brief entrance test, details of which will be provided upon application

GCe A-level BCC, including A-level Music

Advanced diploma Progression diploma Grade C in Creative and Media plus an A-level at Grade C for Additional and specialist learning

iBdp 29 points

BteC level 3 extended diploma ddM. BteC level 3 diploma is accepted alongside other level 3 qualifications – please contact the Admissions tutor for more information. All BteC candidates will be required to pass a brief entrance test, details of which will be provided upon application


practical ABrsM, Guildhall, lCMM or trinity Grade 8 in an instrument or voice is normally required for performance modules. Other applicants will be considered on an individual basis. Applicants without Grade 8 may be asked to attend an interview and/or audition



W312 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

level 3 Core


• SpecialProject

• ExtendedSoloPerformance

level 3 options




• SpecialTopic

• MusicJournalism


the music staff includes some of the country’s leading composers and performers, with teaching and research strengths in composition (both acoustic and studio-based), performance, musicology and socio-critical musicology. Modules on the course reflect the expertise of the staff and focus on technique and interpretation in contemporary music performance, as well as relevant cultural and historical issues.

each subject employs a wide range of assessment methods including coursework, individual and group projects, oral presentations, practical work and some written examinations.

eMployABility

Brunel’s music courses help develop a wide range of vocational, collaborative and transferable skills that are highly attractive to employers in industry and commerce. students have the opportunity, for example, todevelopIT,presentationand communications skills.

CAreers



Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

A

rts

Brunel university


Raevennan studies Musical Performance, and is pictured performing in Brunel’s Beldam Gallery

Choosing to further my studies at Brunel university has proven to be a great decision. With its lively and buzzing atmosphere, you can’t help but get stuck into all Brunel has to offer. the school of Arts staff are always so happy and willing to help, and the lecturers are just stunning – always ready to assist with their invaluable knowledge and experience.

With so much going on at Brunel, your first year is going to be action-packed, but make sure you don’t miss the hidden gems of the campus! the university’s Arts Centre is not to be overlooked. Amazing in every way, with their vast range of art, drama and music courses, the staff at the Arts Centre are on hand to help ease you into Brunel life. And it’s free for school of Arts students!

Whatever you do, make sure you take part – uni is what you make of it!

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Arts

80ContACt

professor sue Broadhurst or professor Johannes Birringertel: +44(0)1895 266588 or 267343

Performance and Digital Arts BA Joint Honours (Approved in Principle)Check the web course entry for up-to-date course information and detailed entry requirements.

ABout the Course

these unique, interdisciplinary joint programmes focus equally on performance and digital arts. they are concerned with the integration of performing arts with new technologies, equipping students with the expertise to create multi-media performance and installation work and to apply a range of technologies in their art practises. you will also study your chosen second subject to a high level.

you will practice and study the theory of performance and digital arts, which will allow you to gain the skills needed to create physical performance, installation, site specific and real-time interactive art and multimedia performance.Inadditionyou will gain practical skills in basic programming, 3d modelling, video production and editing, sound processing and other related software design.

the teaching team comprises internationally renowned practitioners and theorists in performance and technology, putting Brunel at the forefront of this area in both practice and academic expertise.

Course Content

Level1formsthefoundationof the study of performance and digital arts, covering both practice and theory. level 2 engages students in greater depth with the analysis, design and production of performance and digital arts. level 3 allows you to specialise, and to gain more substantial practice in digital design and performance.

typiCAl Modules

level 1

• HistoryofPerformanceanddigital Arts (theory) (Core)

• DigitalPerformance1–IntroductiontoDigitalArtsPractice (Practical) (Core)

• PerformanceArtandInstallationArt–IntroductiontoVariousPerformance/Art Practices (Practical)

• AcademicPractice(Core)

level 2 (All Core)

• DigitalPerformance2 (Practical)

• CriticalApproachestoPerformance Programming Environments:SoftwareApplications and theory (theory and Practical)

• ExperimentalPerformance (Practical)

entry CriteriA

GCe A-level BCC/BBd including Grade B in theatre studies, drama, Performing Arts, Media or Art and design

Advanced diploma Progression diploma Grade C in Creative and Media, plus an A-level at Grade B for Additional and specialist learning

iBdp 29 points





PerformanCe and digital arts and Creative Writing Ba*W4W8 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

PerformanCe and digital arts and english Ba*W4Q3 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

PerformanCe and digital arts and film and television studies Ba*WKW6 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

PerformanCe and digital arts and games design Ba*W4G6 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

PerformanCe and digital arts and soniC arts Ba*W4W9 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

PerformanCe and digital arts and theatre Ba*W490 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME


level 3

• DigitalPerformanceAdvanced (Practical)

• SeminaronTime-basedMedia (theory) (Core)

• SpecialProject(Writtenor Practical)


learning and teaching approaches include workshops, lectures, student-led seminars and presentations, laboratories, practical exercises and self-directed projects.

Practical work is assessed by a range of projects throughout the programme, many of which are carried out in groups. Written essays may require evaluation of your own work, or will assess your theoretical understanding.

the level 3 Major Project may involve a long written piece, practical work and/or an oral analysis.

eMployABility

this programme ensures that students gain essential skills in digital arts and in performance practice, enabling them to find employment in the arts or creative industries.

the programme incorporates development of entrepreneurial, production and business skills, recognising the demands for multi-skilled and collaborative approaches in the industry.

CAreers

the programme with its different combinations will equip students to take

up a wide range of career pathways, particularly in the creative arts industries.

students will also be equipped to work in education, administration, production management, web design, public relations and any industry that requires good communication and/or technological skills.

performance and digital Arts and Creative Writing BA*

GCe A-level BBd (see left) and including Grade B in english refer to Creative Writing, page 64

performance and digital Arts and english BA*

GCe A-level BBd (see left) and including Grade B in english refer to english, page 66

performance and digital Arts and Film and television studies BA*

GCe A-level BCC (see left) refer to Film and television studies, page 68

performance and digital Arts and Games design BA*

GCe A-level BCC (see left) refer to Games design, page 70

performance and digital Arts and sonic Arts BA*

GCe A-level BCC (see left; please note that GCse Maths is also required for sonic Arts combinations) refer to sonic Arts, page 82

performance and digital Arts and theatre BA*

GCe A-level BCC (see left) refer to theatre, page 84


Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

A

rts

email: [email protected] or [email protected] 81

shared rehearsal and production spaces with theatre students will enable performance and digital Arts students to develop high level productions and installations supported by the theatre technical staff. the university has also recently invested in enhanced performance equipment and spaces within the Antonin Artaud performance Centre, and the Arts@Artaud series showcases performance work by students, staff and visiting artists.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Arts

82ContACt


Sonic Arts BA


ABout the Course

this programme is designed for students who wish to extend their understanding of music technology as a creative tool. you will become familiar with a range of techniques and approaches to computer music and sonic arts, as well as with the history of sonic art and related traditions.

you do not need to have a music qualification or to read music in order to apply for this programme, but a large number of options in performance, orchestration, composition and music history are available for students with appropriate skills.

logic Pro is taught as a central platform for live interaction, as well as in combination with several other software platforms.

Course Content

you will have a wide range of modules from which to choose and you can specialise in areas that particularly interest you. the final year project requires you to carry out in-depth research on a related topic.

typiCAl Modules

level 1 Core





level 1 options

• Musicianship

• MusicSince1900:themes and Contexts



level 2 Core

• HistoryofComputerMusic




level 2 options


• ContemporaryPerformance

• Improvisation





• CompositionforSoloist

entry CriteriA

GCe A-level BCC

Advanced diploma Progression diploma Grade C in Creative and Media, plus an A-level at Grade B for Additional and specialist learning


iBdp 29 points


For all of the above, 5 GCses at Grade C or above are also required, to include english and Maths (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your uCAs application)

experience with music or sound processing software applications is desirable


soniC arts BaWJ39 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

games design and soniC arts BaWW2H3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

PerformanCe and digital arts and soniC arts Ba*W4W9 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

theatre and soniC arts BaWW49 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME


level 3 Core

• AdvancedTopicsin Computer Music Computer Music and Generative systems

• SpecialProject

• AcousmaticProject

level 3 options



• MusicJournalism



Music staff have particular teaching and research strengths in composition (both acoustic and studio-based), interactive music, algorithmic composition, performance, musicology and socio-critical musicology.

Modules reflect the expertise of the staff.

each subject employs a wide range of assessment methods. these include coursework, individual and group projects, oral presentations, practical work and some written examinations.

eMployABility

Brunel’s music courses help you to develop a wide range of vocational, collaborative and transferable skills that are highly attractive to employers in industry and commerce. students have the opportunity, for example, todevelopIT,presentationand communications skills.

CAreers

A high proportion of graduates have either progressed to postgraduate study or have entered the music profession as performers, composers, teachers and technicians. Others have entered arts administration, publishing, the media and management.


soniC Arts BA Joint honours


Games design and sonic Arts BA

GCe A-level BCC refer to Games design, page 70

performance and digital Arts and sonic Arts BA*


theatre and sonic Arts BA



Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

A

rts

Brunel university


students are able to look not only at aspects of production that the industry uses in recording, production and mastering, but also at live performance aspects of music composition as related to synthesis, live mixing and improvisation.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Arts

84ContACt

Mary richards, subject leaderemail: [email protected]

Theatre BA


ABout the Course

Brunel’s new theatre programme is specially designed for students who aspire to work in today’s vibrant and diverse theatre industry.

you will study theatre and performance in both their historical and contemporary contexts. the course will give you a knowledge andunderstandingof:the concepts and models used in the study and practice of theatre; the theoretical debates arising from theatre as a live medium in the context of its heritage and history; the creative significance of theatre production; and the business and marketing of theatre performance.

Application statements should contain clear evidence of commitment to the particular emphases of our theatre programme.

typiCAl Modules

level 1

• Histories1(Pre-20th Century)

• Perspectives1

• EnsembleProduction


Plusfourfrom:

• Acting:EssentialSkills

• AppliedDramaPractice:anIntroduction

• Devising:DramaticAdaptation

• Director’sTheatre

• WritinginContext

level 2

• Histories2(20thCenturyup to the Present)

• Perspectives2

Plusfourfrom:

• Acting:BeyondNaturalism

• DirectinginContext

• Writing:Style,Structureand staging

• AppliedDramaPractice:Project

• Devising:Fillingtheempty space

level 3 Core

Written dissertation or specialist Project (Writing for Performance, directing for theatre, Devising:TotalTheatre,Acting:Production,AppliedTheatre:Tour)

level 3 options

• Perspectives3:BattlingwithIdeas

• IndependentStudy

• SummerProduction

• DramaPlacementandProfessional development

• TheCanonReloaded

• ExperientialTheatreandembodied Practice

• NewWritingforTheatre


teaching methods include lectures, seminars, individual tutorials, workshops, practical

entry CriteriA

GCe A-level BCC, including Grade B in theatre studies, drama or Performing Arts

Advanced diploma Progression diploma Grade C in Creative and Media, plus an A-level at Grade B in theatre studies, drama or Performing Arts for Additional and specialist learning

iBdp 29 points


Access Pass in drama including at least 80% of units with Merit or distinction



All courses are also available part-time (4-7 years)

theatre BaW440 3-YEARFULL-TIME

theatre and Creative Writing BaW4WW3-YEARFULL-TIME

theatre and english BaWQ43 3-YEARFULL-TIME

theatre and film and television studies BaWW46 3-YEARFULL-TIME

theatre and games design BaWW42 3-YEARFULL-TIME

theatre and musiC BaWW43 3-YEARFULL-TIME

theatre and soniC arts BaWW49 3-YEARFULL-TIME

PerformanCe and digital arts and theatre Ba*W490 3-YEARFULL-TIME


classes, masterclasses and theatre visits.

level 3 students are tested through assignments and through the mounting of large scale practical work, and/or through the presentation of work in publicsettings.Individualtutorials and feedback on both practical work and written coursework provides important guidance and discussion of particular assessment tasks.

eMployABility

the subject team has well-established links with theatre venues and companies in london and the uK.

CAreers

Intendedgraduatedestinationsinclude:creativepositions within the theatre industry; management and administrative positions within the creative industries as a whole; creative producing; community based jobs in applied drama practice; and educational work either in schools or in the growing number of education departments attached to theatres. there are also a wide range of related work opportunities including event management, television and media, public relations and research.

theAtre BA Joint honours


theatre and Creative Writing BA

GCe A-level BBC (see left) and including Grade B in english refer to Creative Writing, page 64

theatre and english BA

GCe A-level BBC (see left) and including Grade B in english refer to english, page 66

theatre and Film and television studies BA

GCe A-level BCC (see left) refer to Film and television studies, page 68

theatre and Games design BA

GCe A-level BCC (see left) refer to Games design, page 70

theatre and Music BA

GCe A-level BCC (see left) and including Grade C in Music refer to Music, page 74

theatre and sonic Arts BA

GCe A-level BCC (see left; please note that GCse Maths is also required for sonic Arts combinations) refer to sonic Arts, page 82

performance and digital Arts and theatre BA*

GCe A-level BCC (see left) including Grade B in theatre studies, drama, Performing Arts, Media or Art and design refer to Performance and digital Arts, page 80


Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

A

rts

Brunel university


the degree will be taught in the new, purpose-built Antonin Artaud complex which houses a fully equipped main theatre and studio theatre as well as a suite of rehearsal and recording studios.


Brunel Business school

Business and ManageMent

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Bu

siness an

d M

anag

emen

t

Business and ManageMent annual intake: 350

Why study Business and ManageMent at Brunel?

★★ We offer high quality teaching from lecturers with ‘hands-on’ experience in business and commerce.

★★ the school hosts six world-renowned research centres in the areas of: employment studies; enterprise, innovation, sustainability and ethics; information systems evaluation and integration; Marketing; international Business; and strategy in emerging Markets.

★★ We have good links with business. For our students, this means better work placements, up-to-date course content and opportunities to help find a good job after you graduate.

COurses at a glanCe

Business and Management Bsc ...................................................... Page 88

Business and Management (accounting) Bsc ............................... Page 88

Business and Management (Marketing) Bsc ................................. Page 88

international Business Bsc…………………………………… ............. Page 90


• BusinessStudiesandSportSciencesBSc ........................... Page 89

• EconomicsandManagementBSc ...................................... Page 89

• MathematicalandManagementStudiesBSc ................... Page 89

• MathematicsandStatisticswithManagementBSc ......... Page 89

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

B

usi

nes

s an

d M

anag

emen

t

87Brunel university


Jaimini is a f inal year Internat ional Business student.

i chose international Business at Brunel because i thought it would give me a wider context of business in a global world, which is what we are becoming! Brunel also provides the option of picking up a new language.

i picked the sandwich course and wanted to land myself industrial experience in a large company after working in many small companies part-time whilst studying, so i was over the moon when i got the job at iBM.

i learnt a lot in the year and not just on a laptop – my people skills and confidence grew dramatically. My role in sales operations support meant that i had the responsibility of supporting sales reps and sales managers, ensuring data quality and producing reports and revenue files to do this. all industrial trainees were also assigned a career development manager.

i feel that my experience will help me in my final year to take a mature approach to my studies so that i complete work and exams to a standard above and beyond what is expected.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Bu

siness an

d M

anag

emen

t

88ContaCt

Home studentstel: +44 (0)1895 265278 or 267124 email: [email protected]

Business and Management BScCheck the web course entry for up-to-date course information and detailed entry requirements.

aBout tHe Course

Our Business and Management degrees equip you with a sound understanding of business as well as the analytical, technical and interpersonal skills required to understand, analyse and address the problems faced by companies today.

you can choose to specialise in accounting or Marketing, or to remain on the general Business and Management pathway. the accounting pathway gives a broad overview of all management issues with specialist knowledge in the applications of accountancy to the world of commerce. the Marketing pathway explores the theories and principles of marketing communications and how these are translated into effective, operational practice as well as the theories of consumer behaviour and their practical implications for sales and marketing management.

aCCreditation

Once you graduate, provided that you have passed certain modules, you will be exempt from some entry level examinations of the Chartered institute of Marketing (CiM), the Chartered institute for

Management accountants (CiMa) and the association of Chartered Certified accountants (aCCa).

Course Content

all Business and Management degrees have a common first year – whether you choose a specialism or not, you will take a range of introductory modules at level 1. at level 2, you will study modules according to your chosen pathway. at level 3, you will take more advanced core and optional modules as well as a dissertation.

typiCal Modules

level 1 Core

• IntroductiontoManagement enquiry

• ManagingInformationwith technology

• PrinciplesandPracticeof Marketing

• OrganisationalBehaviourand analysis

• IntroductiontoAccounting

• InternationalBusinessenvironment

level 2 Core

general pathway:

• OperationsManagement

• MarketingCommunications

• ManagingChangeandCreativity in Organisations

entry Criteria

gCe a-level BBB

advanced diploma Progression diploma grade B in Business, administration and Finance or Public services, plus an a-level at grade B for additional and specialist learning (for Public services, this must be in a business-related or science subject)

BteC level 3 extended diploma ddd in a business-related subject

iBdp 32 points

access Courses in Business or a business-related subject are considered on an individual basis

For all of the above, 5 gCses at grade C or above are also required, to include english and Maths (accounting pathway applicants must have Maths gCse grade B or as-level grade C). Please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your uCas application

Modes of study/ uCas Codes

Business and ManageMent BscN100 3-year Full-tiMe N221 4-year thiCk-sandWiCh

Business and ManageMent (accounting) BscNN14 3-year Full-tiMe N2NL 4-year thiCk-sandWiCh

Business and ManageMent (Marketing) BscN2NM 3-year Full-tiMe N2N5 4-year thiCk-sandWiCh

Business studies and sport sciences BscC6N1 3-year Full-tiMe NC1P 4-year thiCk-sandWiCh

econoMics and ManageMent BscLNC2 3-year Full-tiMe LND2 4-year thiCk-sandWiCh

MatheMatical and ManageMent studies BscGND2 3-year Full-tiMe GNC2 4-year thiCk-sandWiCh

MatheMatics and statistics with ManageMent BscG1NG 3-year Full-tiMe G1NF 4-year thiCk-sandWiCh

• ProjectManagement

• HumanResourceManagement and its international dimensions

• CriticalPerspectivesin Management

accounting pathway:

• ManagementAccounting– decision Making

• QuantitativeMethodsinBusiness and Management

• IntroductiontoBusiness law

• PrinciplesandPracticesof Financial accounting

• ManagementAccounting– Planning and Control

• InternationalBusinessin emerging Markets

Marketing pathway:

• MarketingResearch


• MarketingChannelsand logistics


• ConsumerBehaviour

• DatabaseandCustomerrelationship Marketing

level 3 Core

• WorkPlacementinContext (for students who have undertaken a work placement)

general pathway:

• IssuesandControversiesin Management Project

• StrategicManagement

• Ethics,Governanceand sustainability

accounting pathway:

• IssuesandControversiesin accounting Project

• StrategicFinancialManagement

• Auditing

Marketing pathway:

• StrategicMarketingIssuesand Controversies Project

• InternationalMarketing

• StrategicMarketing

teaCHing and assessMent

teaching methods include lectures, seminars, workshops and one-to-one supervision.

each subject is assessed either by a combination of continuous appraisal and examination or by coursework or examination alone. as a rough guide, the split is approximately 50:50 exam to coursework.

eMployaBility

Our courses emphasise “employable knowledge” which is highly up-to-date. Brunel Business degrees equip you with the conceptual and analytical means for understanding business and management and the skills required to get a good job when you graduate. you will learn to communicate your ideas and to take responsibility for your learning.

Careers

recent graduates have gone on to work for prestigious companies such as British gas, Coca Cola, royal Mail, Morgan stanley, O2, the BBC and PricewaterhouseCoopers.

plaCeMents

if you opt for a sandwich course, you will have the added bonus of putting your academic study into practice and developing ideas about future careers. some students are offered full-time graduate

posts at the companies where they carried out their work placements.

students who complete the thick-sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with Placement year’.

Business and ManageMent Honours degree CoMBinations


Business studies and sport sciences Bsc

gCe a-level BBB, including a science or social science subject or Pe refer to sport sciences, page 198

economics and Management Bsc

gCe a-level BBC, including grade C in Maths or statistics at at least as-level refer to economics, page 122

Mathematical and Management studies Bsc

gCe a-level BCC, including Mathematics at grade B refer to Mathematics, page 168

Mathematics and statistics with Management Bsc

gCe a-level BCC, including Mathematics at grade B refer to Mathematics, page 168

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

B

usi

nes

s an

d M

anag

emen

t

international studentstel: +44 (0)1895 265519 email: [email protected] 89

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Bu

siness an

d M

anag

emen

t

90ContaCt

Home studentstel: +44 (0)1895 265278 or 267124 email: [email protected]

International Business BScCheck the web course entry for up-to-date course information and detailed entry requirements.

aBout tHe Course

this degree course teaches the fundamentals of national and international market economies and the multivalent forces that shape the operating environments of organisations, both nationally and internationally. it provides the opportunity to explore a range of specialist topics in an international context as well as the chance to acquire a thorough understanding of all the key business and management disciplines.

typiCal Modules

level 1 Core


• ManagingInformationwith technology


• InternationalBusinessenvironment

• IntroductiontoManagement enquiry


level 2 Core

• InternationalBusinessin emerging Markets

• InternationalRelations


• EconomicsforBusinessand Management

• HumanResourceManagement and its international dimensions

• QuantitativeMethodsfor international Business and strategy

level 3 Core

• IssuesandControversiesin Management Project

• InternationalMarketing

• InternationalBusiness strategy

• WorkPlacementinContext (for students who have undertaken a work placement)

level 3 options

One or two modules (depending upon whether you have undertaken a work placement) from a range that is likely to include the following:

• Globalisationandgovernance

• InternationalTechnologyManagement

• EUPolitics:Problemsand Prospects

entry Criteria

gCe a-level BBB

advanced diploma Progression diploma grade B in Business, administration and Finance, plus an a-level at grade B for additional and specialist learning, or Progression diploma grade B in Public services, plus an a-level in a business-related or science subject at grade B for additional and specialist learning

BteC level 3 extended diploma ddd in a business-related subject

iBdp 32 points

access applicants offering access courses in Business or a business-related subject are considered on an individual basis

For all of the above, 5 gCses at grade C or above are also required, to include english and Maths (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your uCas application)


N120 3-year Full-tiMe N121 4-year thiCk-sandWiCh

teaCHing and assessMent

teaching is by a mixture of lectures, seminars, workshops and one-to-one supervision.

assessment is by a variety of methods but in general includes traditional exams, written assignments, practical and creative design projects and individual and group presentations.

eMployaBility

Our courses emphasise “employable knowledge” which is highly up-to-date. We aim to provide you with an education which will prepare you for the future needs of the working world, and not simply to cope with its present preoccupations.

this degree will help you to develop transferable skills designed to meet the challenges of employment within the global economy, including the ability to communicate your ideas and to take responsibility for your learning.

Careers

graduates have gone on to work for prestigious companies such as British gas, Coca Cola, royal Mail, Morgan stanley, O2, the BBC and PricewaterhouseCoopers

plaCeMents

if you opt for a sandwich course, you will have the added bonus of putting your academic study into practice and developing ideas about future careers.

you will have the opportunity to gain paid professional experience working in prominent companies or organisations. these are high-quality placements with graduate-like responsibilities. some students are offered full-time graduate posts at the companies where they carried out their work placements.

the combination of academic and professional expertise gives our sandwich course graduates a significant advantage over those with comparable academic qualifications from other business courses.

students who complete the thick-sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with Placement year’.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

B

usi

nes

s an

d M

anag

emen

t

international studentstel: +44 (0)1895 265519 email: [email protected] 91

employers who work with Brunel Business school’s placement students recognise that they have skills which set them apart from other graduate job applicants.

it has been a delight to work with Brunel university in terms of the quality of students this university offers. it is very encouraging to hear that the advice and guidance on how to write Cvs and prepare for interviews provided by the placement and Careers Centre matches what intel would expect from candidates.

Stephanie Lee, Inte l


school of engineering and Design

Civil EnginEEring

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Civil en

gin

eering

Civil engineeringAnnual intake: 60

Why study Civil EnginEEring at BrunEl?

★★ students can make the most of extensive, modern and well-equipped laboratory facilities. Brunel’s Joseph Bazalgette laboratories have benefitted from recent investment, with new facilities for geotechnical engineering, structural analysis and testing of innovative civil engineering materials.

★★ Most academics are actively involved in cutting-edge research with collaborators including major oil companies, vehicle manufacturers and other leading industrial firms. this ensures that you are exposed to up-to-date material throughout your time at Brunel.

★★ We have very good links with business and industry in the uK and overseas, so we have more contacts to help you find jobs and work placements.

★★ you can enter the course on either the MEng or the BEng route. if you enter on the BEng route, you can transfer to the MEng programme at the end of level 2 by achieving the progression requirement.

COursEs at a glanCE

Civil Engineering with sustainability BEng/MEng ........................ Page 94

see also:

• BEngEngineeringwithan integrated Foundation year ............................................ Page 202

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

C

ivil

eng

inee

rin

g

93Brunel university


George spent his Civil Engineering placement in Cape Town, South Afr ica

Moving through the years at Brunel, there will be many assignments, deadline clashes and crammed exam preparations, but your tutor is there for you, the staff always listen and your peers become a close knit group, making you work harder. you won’t be spoon fed but shown how to ask questions and be confident in your decisions.

i have progressed every year and my grades have gone from strength to strength allowing me to continue on to the Meng course. All this is thanks to the quality of the materials and lectures.

My placement in Cape town gave me a vast amount of experience and showed me what life is going to be like as a Civil engineer, plus it gave me a much needed break from university life as it coincided with the World Cup! i wanted to travel for my placement because i wanted to bolster my Cv and be given responsibility that i wouldn’t get in london. Brunel gave me a great footing and the Placement and Careers Centre really does its job in giving you the material, help and time that you need while coping with your studies

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Civil en

gin

eering

94ContACt

Dr Philip Collins, Course Directortel: +44 (0)1895 266633 email: [email protected]

Civil Engineering with Sustainability BEng/MEng


ABout the Course

the next few decades promise to be amongst the most challenging ever for the Civil Engineering community. increasing populations, progressive urbanisation and ongoing economic development, not to mention climate change and the persistent risk of extreme events, already present many threats to infrastructure.

as a result, civil engineers need to draw deeply on their knowledge, skills and ability to provide essential facilities while minimising negative impacts on communities and the environment.

Our aim is for you to finish the course fully prepared to pursue a successful career in industry or more advanced study, and to make a real contribution to Civil Engineering.

ACCreDitAtion

this course has been designed in close consultation with industry and is accredited by the institution of Civil Engineers, the institution of structural Engineers, the Chartered institution of highways and transportation, and the institute of highway Engineers, for 2007-2010.

Check the web course entry to find out how the course mode you choose (ie BEng/MEng, full-time/thick-sandwich) affects the type of accreditation for which you are eligible.

Course Content

Our course has been designed very much as a ‘hands-on’ learning experience. you will be introduced to fundamental theory, but will then have the chance to test and apply much of that theory through practical work in the laboratory, using advanced software, and during field work.

tyPiCAl MoDules

level 1

• Constructionandsustainability

• Fundamentalsofgeotechnical Engineering and surveying

• FundamentalsofStructures

• FundamentalsofFluid Mechanics

• AnalyticalMethodsandskills for Civil Engineers

• Communication,Management and Professional skills

Beng entry CriteriA

gCe A-level BBC, including at least grade C in Maths and in a science or technology subject (general studies not accepted; Critical thinking accepted as 4th subject only)

Advanced Diploma Progression diploma in Engineering: grade B, plus the specialist unit in Maths for Engineers along with 1 as-level (excluding general studies) at grade C for additional and specialist learning. Progression diploma in Public services: grade B, plus the specialist unit in Maths for Engineers along with 1 a-level in a science subject at grade C for additional and specialist learning

BteC level 3 extended Diploma ddM to include distinctions in Further Mathematics for technicians, and Further Mechanical Principles or equivalent (BtECs are welcomed in a variety of related subjects – please contact the Course director for details)

iBDP 30 points, including 5 points in Maths at higher level

Access Pass in Engineering, including distinctions in all Maths and Physics units at level 3

For all of the above, 5 gCsEs at grade C or above are also required, to include English and Maths (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your uCas application)

Beng MoDes of stuDy/ uCAs CoDes

H200 3-yEar Full-tiME H201 4-yEar thiCK-sandWiCh

the Beng engineering with an integrated foundation year is available for students who do not meet the standard entry criteria listed above – see page 202 for details.

level 2

• Computingandsustainable Construction

• CivilEngineeringMaterials

• GeotechnicalEngineering

• SolidBodyMechanics

• FluidMechanicsand hydraulics

• StructuralMechanics

level 3

• MajorIndividualProject

• BusinessandtheEnvironment

• SteelandConcreteDesign

• WaterEngineering

• StructuralAnalysis

level 4 (Meng only)

• MajorGroupProject

• SustainableConstruction,Management and Professional studies

• StructuralDesignandFEA

• Geo-environmentalManagement for Civil Engineers

• EnvironmentalEngineering

• SustainableBuiltEnvironment

teAChing AnD AssessMent

teaching methods include lectures, laboratories, design studios and one-to-one supervision.

there are written examinations at the end of each term but work is also continuously assessed throughout. you will undertake projects, assignments, essays, laboratory work and short tests. a residential field course also takes place in level 1.

eMPloyABility

throughout the course you will be developing professional skills including communication, teamwork and planning.

CAreers

this is a relatively new course, its first intake of students having arrived in 2007. We anticipate that our students will help fill the increasing demand for high-quality civil engineering graduates. Major contractors working on large infrastructure projects such as Crossrail, the london Olympics, flood defence schemes and low-carbon energy generation are likely environments for many of our graduates to begin their careers.

some may progress to work with government agencies, county councils or major firms of consulting engineers. Others may specialise in fields such as sustainability, innovative materials, foundation engineering, tunnelling, geotechnical exploration or building services engineering.

PlACeMents

you will also have the opportunity to take a ‘sandwich’ year out in industry between levels 2 and 3. sandwich students undertake high-quality, paid work placements within prominent companies and organisations.

students who complete the thick-sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with Professional Placement’.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

C

ivil

eng

inee

rin

g

Brunel university


Meng entry CriteriA

gCe A-level aBB, including grade B in Maths and including a science or technology subject (general studies not accepted; Critical thinking accepted as 4th subject only)

Advanced Diploma Progression diploma in Engineering: grade a, plus the specialist unit in Maths for Engineers along with 1 as-level (excluding general studies) at grade C for additional and specialist learning. Progression diploma in Public services: grade a, plus the specialist unit in Maths for Engineers along with 1 a-level in a science subject at grade C for additional and specialist learning

BteC level 3 extended Diploma d*dd to include distinctions in Further Mathematics for technicians, and Further Mechanical Principles or equivalent (BtECs are welcomed in a variety of related subjects – please contact the Course director for details)

iBDP 33 points, including 6 points in Maths at higher level

Access applicants should apply for the BEng. those who achieve the progression requirement can transfer to the MEng at the end of level 2

For all of the above, 5 gCsEs at grade C or above are also required, to include English and Maths (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your uCas application)

Meng MoDes of stuDy/ uCAs CoDes

H202 4-yEar Full-tiME H203 5-yEar thiCK-sandWiCh




Design

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Desig

n

DesignAnnual intake: 120

Why study design at Brunel?

★★ Brunel design is ranked top in the sunday times good university guide 2011, and is placed in the top ten in all the most recent university guides, as well as in the national student survey.

★★ Our degrees are some of the most renowned and respected in europe and our students and graduates have won national and international design awards.

★★ Work placements offer students direct industrial experience of working on ‘live’ design projects.

★★ Many students take advantage of exchange programmes that can take them to europe, the usa and australia.

★★ all our lecturing staff are research or professionally active which ensures that the content of our programmes is always up-to-date.

COurses at a glanCe

industrial design and technology Ba ............................................ Page 98

Product design Bsc ........................................................................ Page 100

Product design engineering Bsc .................................................. Page 100

see also:

• MultimediaTechnologyandDesign ................................Page 116

• BEngEngineeringwith an integrated Foundation year ....................................... Page 202

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

D

esig

n

97Brunel university


Natalie graduated in 2010 and is now working as a retail designer at Chanel.

Her ‘smart’ plant pot, called ‘tulipe’, featured in Brunel’s annual design and engineering showcase, Made in Brunel. the electronic pot shows a red light if the plant is too dry, hot or cold, or if the surroundings are too light or dark. A green light shows if all is well.

natalie designed the pot for her final year project after contacting the horticultural therapy charity, thrive. “My grandfather, who has always been a keen gardener, has a sight condition that reduces central vision,” she explained. “it was designed for people like him. He really likes the idea.”

the pot can also help those who are not so green-fingered. “it encourages the gardener to interact with their plant. When the base turns red, you have to make different changes until it turns green. you get to know what the plant likes.”

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Desig

n

98ContACt

stephen green, Admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 266324 email: [email protected]

Industrial Design and Technology BA


ABout tHe Course

this course is distinguished by including technical content whilst maintaining a creative and practical approach. it produces designers who have the ability to realise their design solutions together with a comprehensive understanding of design theory and issues. the technical emphasis means that students can develop products that both look good and work well.

ACCreDitAtion

all our design courses are accredited by the institution of engineering designers (ied) to ensure that the courses maintain their academic and commercial relevance. student membership of the ied is free and encourages continuous professional development through journals and conferences. On graduation, students are eligible for full membership, with further career and training options which can lead to Chartered engineer status.

Course Content

throughout the programme you will share many core design modules with students on the Bsc design

programmes, including materials, graphic media and workshop practice. the study of mechanics and electronics will be via workshop-based learning rather than pure subject-based lectures.

typiCAl MoDules

level 1

• DesignProcess1

• GraphicCommunication1

• WorkshopswithMaterials

• ProductAnalysis

• CreativeEngineeringPractice

level 2

• DesignProcess2


• SystemsDesign

• DesignforManufacture

• DesignApplications

level 2 placement year

• ProfessionalPractice

level 3

• MajorProject(core)

• InnovationManagement (core)

• ContextualDesign(core)

• EmbeddedSystemsfor design

• Environmentallysensitive design

• Graphics

• HumanFactors

entry CriteriA

gCe A-level BBB, including grade B in design and technology, Product design, art or art and design (general studies not accepted; Critical thinking accepted as 4th subject only)

Advanced Diploma Progression diploma grade B in Creative and Media, engineering or Manufacturing and Product design, plus a B at a-level for additional and specialist learning

BteC level 3 extended Diploma ddd in a related subject

iBDp 32 points

Art and Design Foundation courses high quality applicants welcomed

Access Pass in an art and design or engineering subject. Other subjects are considered on an individual basis


all applicants are required to attend an interview including a portfolio review as part of the selection process before a formal offer is made

MoDes oF stuDy/ uCAs CoDes

IndustrIal desIgn and technology BaHW72 3-year Full-tiMe HWR2 4-year thiCk-sandWiCh

the Beng engineering with an integrated Foundation year is available for students who do not meet the standard entry criteria listed above – see page 202 for details.

teACHing AnD AssessMent

teaching is by a mixture of practical design projects, workshops, lectures and one-to-one supervision.

knowledge and understanding are tested by means of a range of assessment tasks, including:

• writtenandmultiple-choice examinations

• laboratoryreports

• writtencoursework

• individualandgroupdesign projects

• problem-solvingexercises

• oralpresentation

• visualmediaprojects

• computerprogrammingexercises

eMployABility

Our graduates enjoy superb employment prospects and enter careers in a wide spectrum of environments, including the manufacturing, service and engineering industries, design management and consultancy companies. Many go on to set up their own businesses.

CAreers

recent graduates have gone on to work for organisations including apple Computers, Bae, dyson, eurostar, iBM, land rover, lego, Microsoft, Morgan stanley, Orange and Virgin atlantic.

plACeMents

along with the knowledge and skills built during the courses, work placements offer students direct industrial experience of working on ‘live’ design projects with some of the best companies in the world. a high percentage of students choose to take advantage of this by taking a year-long placement.

Our exchange programme allows students to choose a work placement abroad in locations such as the usa, Milan, hanover, sydney and antwerp.

students who complete the thick-sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with Professional Practice’.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

D

esig

n

Brunel university


Chris won the Xerox Innovation Award for his safer mountain bike gear design.

Chris’ linK gear system helps cyclists change gear safely when riding downhill, and it was exhibited in the national new Designers student showcase as well as at Made in Brunel, the university’s annual design exhibition.

My design is something that has come about from my personal experience in downhill racing, both as a rider and a spectator,” explained Chris. “While every other part of the modern mountain bike has changed to meet the demands of downhill racing, the gear system has barely changed for over 100 years. For the pinnacle of the sport, it was clear that a better alternative must be found.

the university has patented Chris’ invention.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Desig

n

100ContACt

stephen green, Admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 266324 email: [email protected]

Product Design BSc

Product Design Engineering BSc


ABout tHe Course

these two Bsc degree courses share all first and second year modules. Both have a technical emphasis, meaning students can develop products that both look good and work well.

the product Design programme emphasises design sensitivity and awareness of market trends, and delves into the science of aesthetic evolution. Modules have a creative bias including graphic design, human factors and environmentally sensitive design. the course suits students who have the creative motivation to underpin commercially viable projects with a deep functional and manufacturing understanding.

the product Design engineering programme becomes uniquely specialised in the third year, when further in-depth technical and engineering knowledge build to form a technically strong design degree. this course is for creative thinkers who are comfortable with

mathematics and who enjoy predictive functional proving and design with a deeper level of finite element understanding.

ACCreDitAtion

all our design courses are accredited by the institution of engineering designers (ied) to ensure that the courses maintain their academic and commercial relevance. student membership of the ied is free and encourages continuous professional development through journals and conferences. On graduation, students are eligible for full membership, with further career and training options which can lead to Chartered engineer status.

typiCAl MoDules

level 1

• DesignProcess1


• WorkshopswithMaterials

• MechanicsforDesign

• ElectronicsandMathematics

entry CriteriA

gCe A-level BBB, including grade B in design and technology, Product design, art or art and design and either Maths or Physics (general studies not accepted; Critical thinking accepted as 4th subject only)

Advanced Diploma Progression diploma grade B in Creative and Media, engineering or Manufacturing and Product design, plus Maths or Physics a-level at grade B for additional and specialist learning

BteC level 3 extended Diploma ddd in a related subject, including Maths or Physics

iBDp 32 points, including 5 in Maths at standard level or in Physics at higher level

Access Pass in an art and design or engineering subject, including Maths at level 3. all others considered on an individual basis


all applicants are required to attend an interview including a portfolio review as part of the selection process before a formal offer is made

MoDes oF stuDy/ uCAs CoDes

Product desIgn BscH772 3-year Full-tiMe H776 4-year thiCk-sandWiCh

Product desIgn engIneerIng BscWH27 3-year Full-tiMe WHF7 4-year thiCk-sandWiCh

the Beng engineering with an integrated Foundation year is available for students who do not meet the standard entry criteria listed above – see page 202 for details.

level 2

• DesignProcess2


• Electronics,Programmingand interfacing

• DesignforManufacture

• Dynamics,Mechanismsand stress analysis

level 2 placement year


level 3


• InnovationManagement (core)

• HumanFactors(coreProduct design)

• Computer-basedDesignMethods (core Product design engineering)

• Environmentallysensitive design

• Graphics

• ContextualDesign

• EmbeddedSystemsfor design

teACHing AnD AssessMent

teaching is by a mixture of practical design projects, workshops, lectures and one-to-one supervision.

knowledge and understanding are tested by means of a range of assessment tasks, including:

• writtenandmultiple-choice examinations

• laboratoryreports

• writtencoursework

• individualandgroupdesign projects

• problem-solvingexercises

• oralpresentation

• visualmediaprojects

• computerprogrammingexercises

eMployABility

Our graduates enjoy superb employment prospects and enter careers in a wide spectrum of environments, including the manufacturing, service and engineering industries, design management and consultancy companies. Many go on to set up their own businesses.

CAreers

recent graduates have gone on to work for organisations including apple Computers, Bae, dyson, eurostar, iBM, land rover, lego, Microsoft, Morgan stanley, Orange and Virgin atlantic.

plACeMents

along with the knowledge and skills built during the courses, work placements offer students direct industrial experience of working on ‘live’ design projects with some of the best companies in the world. a high percentage of students choose to take advantage of this by taking a year-long placement.

Our exchange programme allows students to choose a work placement abroad in locations such as the usa, Milan, hanover, sydney and antwerp.

students who complete the thick-sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with Professional Practice’.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

D

esig

n

Brunel university


employers who offer work placements to Brunel students find that they have the technical and personal skills needed in the industry:

the background of industrial design and general design that Dominic had acquired at Brunel has translated very well into our architecture design studio. Dominic has worked very well on research and live projects.

James Engel, Spaced Out L td

Matt is our second Brunel placement student. Both have made a great contribution to the company. Brunel placement students have many excellent qualities – they are enthusiastic, competent, confident and inquisitive and have a good eye for design! Matt is a credit to Brunel.

Joe Ruston, Remote Contro l led Light ing L td



ElEctronic and computEr EnginEEring

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

electron

ic and

Co

mp

uter en

gin

eering

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

lect

ron

ic a

nd

Co

mp

ute

r en

gin

eeri

ng

103Brunel university


Rafiq graduated in 2007 and is now studying for a PhD at Brunel.

i came to Brunel with an HnD in Computing. i was keen to study at a well-established university with a good engineering background. now i can proudly say that Brunel has lived up to my expectations. the modules are interesting and cover current areas of study, and the lecturers and staff are friendly and approachable.

i graduated with a first class honours degree and a number of university prizes. All this would not have been possible without the guidance, availability and support of my supervisor.

Overall, i have had a brilliant time at Brunel and gained useful skills, such as team working, time management and project management. if you are interested in electronic and/or Computer engineering then Brunel is the right place for you.

i am currently pursuing my PhD programme at Brunel, and i was recently awarded the Best Presentation Award at the resCon Conference and have also contributed to several publications.

eleCtrOniC AnD COmPuter engineeringAnnual intake: 190

Why study ElEctronic and computEr EnginEEring at BrunEl?

★★ labs are very well-equipped, with extensive gifts of software and hardware from industrial collaborators. yearly expenditure on new software is high and the school of Engineering and design has over 500 computers.

★★ We have strong industrial links and formally liaise with industrial partners about appropriate course content and emerging trends. For our students this means that the course is designed to meet the needs of industry and the wider marketplace.

★★ We benefit from our geographical proximity to most of the country’s information engineering, telecommunications and digital media industry.

★★ you may have the opportunity to work abroad as part of your study or as a professional work placement.

coursEs at a glancE

Electronic and Electrical Engineering BEng/mEng ..................... page 104

Electronic and Electrical Engineering (communication systems) BEng ................................................... page 104

Electronic and microelectronic Engineering BEng ..................... page 106

Electronic and computer Engineering mEng ............................. page 108

Electrical Engineering with renewable Energy systems mEng ..page 110

computer systems Engineering BEng/mEng ...............................page 112

communication networks Engineering BEng/mEng ..................page 114

multimedia technology and design Bsc ......................................page 116

Broadcast media (design and technology) Bsc ...........................page 118

see also:

• BEngEngineeringwithan integrated Foundation year ............................................ page 202

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

electron

ic and

Co

mp

uter en

gin

eering

104COntACt

Professor John stonham, Admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 265814 email: [email protected]

Electronic and Electrical Engineering BEng/MEng

Electronic and Electrical Engineering (Communication Systems) BEng


ABOut tHe COurse

Electronics equipment and products are a vital part of our daily lives, from mp3 players, mobile phones and computers to sophisticated diagnostic equipment used in hospitals and state-of the-art fibre optic communications systems.

this broad-based course aims to produce engineers with high-level analytical and engineering design skills.

you will have the option to specialise in communication systems in your final year.

ACCreDitAtiOn

all our BEng programmes are accredited by the institution of Engineering and technology (iEt). all our mEng programmes are linked to one of these accredited BEng programmes.

our mEng programmes are new and their accreditation is presently in the review stage.

tyPiCAl mODules

in addition to the BEng content and structure, mainstream Electronic and Electrical Engineering students can study for a further year, bringing the degree up to master’s standard.

level 1 Core

• EngineeringMathematics• DigitalSystemsand

microprocessors • SystemsandProgramming• DevicesandCircuits• Engineering,Science

and society • Level1Workshop

level 2 Core

• ElectricalEngineeringand sustainability

• ElectronicSystems• SignalsandSystems• Communications• DigitalSystemsDesignand

reliability Engineering• Management• EngineeringGroupProject

Beng entry CriteriA

gCe A-level Bcc, including grade B in maths and grade c in a science or Engineeringsubject(GeneralStudiesnot accepted; critical thinking acceptedas4thsubjectonly)

Advanced Diploma progression diploma grade c in Engineering, plus the specialist unit in maths for Engineers along with 1 as-level at grade B for additional and specialist learning

BteC level 3 extended Diploma ddm including distinction in a maths module and merit in either Electrical or Electronic principles

iBDP 29 points, including 5 points in maths (excluding maths studies) at standard level and in aSciencesubjectatHigherLevel

Access pass in an Engineering, ComputingorSciencesubject,with an average of merits in all units, including merit in maths at level 3. all others considered on an individual basis

For all of the above, 5 gcsEs at grade c or above are also required, to include English and maths (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your ucas application)

all applicants are required to attend an interview before a formal offer is made

mODes Of stuDy/ uCAs CODes

ElEctronic and ElEctrical EnginEEring BEngH600 3-yEar Full-timE H602 4-yEar thick-sandWich

ElEctronic and ElEctrical EnginEEring (communication SyStEmS) BEngH640 3-yEar Full-timE H621 4-yEar thick-sandWich


Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

lect

ron

ic a

nd

Co

mp

ute

r en

gin

eeri

ng

Brunel university


meng entry CriteriA

gCe A-level aBB, including grade B in maths and in a science or Engineeringsubject(GeneralStudiesnot accepted; critical thinking accepted as 4th as-level only)

Advanced Diploma progression diploma grade a in Engineering, plus the specialist unit in maths for Engineers along with an as-level at grade c for additional and specialist learning

BteC level 3 extended Diploma d*dd including distinction in a maths module and in either Electrical or Electronic principles


Access pass in an Engineering, ComputingorSciencesubject,with average of distinctions in all units, including distinction in maths level 3. all others considered on an individual basis




ElEctronic and ElEctrical EnginEEring mEngH601 4-yEar Full-timE H603 5-yEar thick-sandWich


Beng level 3

• BEngMajorProject• AdvancedElectronics

Plus three from:

• DigitalCommunicationssystems (core communication systems)

• DesignofIntelligentsystems

• DigitalVLSISystemsDesign• ControlSystems• PowerElectronics

and systems • MultimediaDigital

signal processing • Law,BusinessEnterprise

for Engineers • AdvancedDigitalSystems

meng level 3

• MEngMajorProject• AdvancedDevicesand

Electronic systems• PowerElectronics

and systems

Plus two from:

• ControlSystems• DigitalCommunications

systems • AdvancedDigitalSystems

meng level 4

• MajorGroupProject• ResearchMethods

and case study • Law,Businessand

Enterprise for Engineers

Plus three from:

• DigitalVLSIDesign• EmbeddedSystems

Engineering • SustainablePower

generation • PowerElectronics

and Facts • AdvancedDigital

communications • WirelessNetwork

technology

teACHing AnD Assessment

teaching methods include lectures, laboratories, workshops, tutorials and one-to-one supervision.

assessment is by a variety of methods, including: traditional exam; pre-seen exam (a case study to prepare in advance); written, practical and creative design assignments; laboratory work; and individual and group presentations.

emPlOyABility

graduates have excellent opportunities in diverse fields such as finance, leisure, media and marketing as well as in all forms of engineering and in the computer industries.

CAreers

Themajorityofourgraduates move into research, development or manufacturing companies.

recent graduates have gone on to work for companies includingtheBBC,Virginairways, siemens and a variety of design companies.

PlACements

you have the opportunity to undertake high quality work placements within prestigious organisations.

students who complete the thick-sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with professional development’.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

electron

ic and

Co

mp

uter en

gin

eering

106COntACt


Electronic and Microelectronic Engineering BEng


ABOut tHe COurse

Electronics equipment and products are becoming a vital part of our daily lives, from simple mp3 players, mobile phones and computers to highly sophisticated diagnostic equipment used in hospitals and state-of the-art fibre optic communications systems. computers, telecommunication systems and consumer electronics are advancing at a fast pace. Electronic and microelectronic embedded systems are at the core of these developments.

developed in response to the needs of industry, this degree will give you advanced level knowledge and skills in the design of complex electronic and microelectronic systems.

We aim to produce graduates who are part of a high-tech elite – greatly sought-after professionals with specialist understanding and skills in microelectronics, but who also have a solid knowledge of electronic engineering as a whole. this will give you ultimate vision and flexibility in your future career.

ACCreDitAtiOn

this course is accredited by the institution of Engineering and technology (iEt).

COurse COntent

you will take the same core modules at level 1 as Electronic and Electrical Engineering students, which will give you a broad understanding together with a high level of analytical and engineering design skills.

you begin to specialise in microelectronics at level 2 and into level 3, with a greater emphasis on understanding integrated circuit design, software and system design.

tyPiCAl mODules

level 1 Core

• EngineeringMathematics

• DigitalSystemsandmicroprocessors

• SystemsandProgramming

• DevicesandCircuits

• Engineering,Scienceand society

• Level1Workshop

entry CriteriA

gCe A-level Bcc, including grade B in maths and grade c in a science or Engineering subject(GeneralStudiesnotaccepted; critical thinking acceptedas4thsubjectonly)








ElEctronic and microElEctronic EnginEEring BEng H618 3-yEar Full-timE H619 4-yEar thick-sandWich


level 2 Core

• ElectronicSystems

• SignalsandSystems

• ObjectOrientedSystemsprogramming

• ComputerArchitectureand interfacing

• DigitalSystemsDesignandreliability Engineering

• Management

• EngineeringGroupProject

level 3 Core

• IndividualProject

• AdvancedElectronics

• AdvancedDigitalSystems

level 3 Options

two from:

• SoftwareEngineeringand technology


• MultimediaDigitalsignal processing

• ControlSystems


• DistributedSystemsand computing


teaching methods include lecture, laboratories, workshops, tutorials and one-to-one supervision.

assessment is by a variety of methods, including: traditional exam; pre-seen exam (a case study to prepare in advance); written assignments; practical and creative design assignments; laboratory work; and individual and group presentations.

emPlOyABility

you will have a wide choice of careers in mainstream electronic and microelectronic industries and in other engineering, computing and ‘high-tech’ fields. the growth of embedded electronic systems in all areas of our lives has created exciting employment prospects across all areas of industry and business.

CAreers

Themajorityofourgraduates move into research, development or manufacturing companies but opportunities exist in most other professional spheres such as medicine, finance, management and the media.

recent graduates have gone on to work for prestigious companies including the BBC,VirginAirways,Opodo,philips, intel, siemens and a variety of design companies.

PlACements



Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

lect

ron

ic a

nd

Co

mp

ute

r en

gin

eeri

ng

Brunel university


Gilber t Pat r ick spent his work placement at General Motors. He combines his s tudies with t raining for the Brunel Boxing team.

i always knew that i wanted to go to university and i was encouraged by my teachers to consider Brunel as it is well known for its excellence in engineering and its career prospects.

i study in the electronic and Computer engineering department. imagine the modern life we live today without electronics – no televisions, laptops or even iPods!

since becoming a student here, i’ve got involved in the student Ambassador scheme and Brunel Boxing. i won my category at the 2010 British universities Boxing Championships in sheffield, and a week later i secured an industrial placement with general motors, converting cars into police and fire vehicles and testing them out.

everyone at Brunel has a lot of work to do, so i have been able to juggle my training, studying, work and social life efficiently and still have the time to go home occasionally. there is a definite ‘work hard, play hard’ dynamic here, and the terms are really intense so you can never be bored.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

electron

ic and

Co

mp

uter en

gin

eering

108COntACt


Electronic and Computer Engineering MEng


ABOut tHe COurse

this course gives students a strong theoretical background in electronics, microelectronics and computer systems, as well as covering practical aspects, making use of our facilities in electronics, sensors, computer systems, computer networks, signal processing and laboratories. it will provide students with a detailed technical knowledge of current practice in electronic and computer hardware and its applications.

the programme aims to produce well-educated, imaginative and professionally-trained engineers with the technical skill to work and research in the field of electronic engineering and computer systems engineering. graduates will be able to design, integrate and develop technological solutions for the next generation of computer systems. the course will also address electronic, microelectronic and digital systems, embedded systems, computer engineering, computing and applications of the technology.

ACCreDitAtiOn



tyPiCAl mODules

level 1 Core (year 1)






• Level1Workshop

level 2 Core (year 2)






• Management


entry CriteriA

gCe A-level aBB, including grade B in maths and in a science or Engineering subject(GeneralStudiesnotaccepted; critical thinking acceptedas4thsubjectonly)

Advanced Diploma progression diploma grade a in Engineering, including the specialist unit in maths for Engineers plus an as-level at grade c for additional and specialist learning







ElEctronic and computEr EnginEEring mEng HGP4 4-yEar Full-timE HG6L 5-yEar thick-sandWich


level 3 Core (year 3 or 4)


• AdvancedDevicesandElectronic design

• MultimediaDigitalsignal processing


level 3 Options (year 3 or 4)

one from the following:


• DigitalControlSystems

• DigitalCommunicationsystems

level 4 Core (year 4 or 5)

• Law,BusinessandEnterprise for Engineers

• DigitalVLSIDesign

• EmbeddedSystemsEngineering

• ResearchMethodsand case studies

• GroupProjectandProjectManagement



several methods of assessment are employed. there are written examinations at the end of each term, but work is also continuously assessed throughout. you will undertake projects,assignments,essays, laboratory work and short tests.

emPlOyABility

the growth of embedded electronic systems in all areas of our lives has created exciting employment prospects across all areas of industry and business.

graduates with appropriate training in this discipline are likely to have excellent opportunities in diverse fields such as finance, leisure, media and marketing as well as in all forms of engineering and in the computer industries.

CAreers

Themajorityofourgraduates move into research, development or manufacturing companies – a choice many make when accepting sponsorship from a company – but opportunities do exist in most other professional spheres such as computing, medicine, finance, management and the media.

recent graduates have gone on to work for prestigious companies including the BBC,VirginAirways,Opodo,philips, intel, siemens and a variety of design companies.

PlACements



Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

lect

ron

ic a

nd

Co

mp

ute

r en

gin

eeri

ng

Brunel university


Br

un

el un

iver

sity

electron

ic and

Co

mp

uter en

gin

eering

110COntACt


Electrical Engineering with Renewable Energy Systems MEng


ABOut tHe COurse

renewable energy and the reduction of carbon emissions are at the top of the global agenda. this programme addresses the fundamentals of renewable energy and how solar, wind, wave and other such energy sources can be efficiently integrated into practical power systems.

the course is in the area of electrical engineering, applied to renewable energy systems. it is distinctive in that it provides a strong core of teaching in power electronic converters, machines and control backed up with modules on power generation and electronic conversion with renewable energy sources.

this programme will educate the electrical engineers of the future who will be able to tackle issues associated with the operation, planning and management of sustainable electrical systems. graduates will be able to effectively apply their knowledge and skills to solving the problems associated with the design, integration and development of technological solutions for modern electric power and power electronic systems.

the course will develop leadership, innovation and creativity as well as design, analytical and transferable skills, to enable graduates to follow successful engineering careers, and to aspire to senior managerial roles at the forefront of the dynamic and rapidly expanding technological industries.

ACCreDitAtiOn

this is a new mEng programme and accreditation is presently at the review stage.

tyPiCAl mODules

level 1 Core






• Level1Workshop

level 2 Core

• ElectricalEngineeringand sustainability



• Communications


entry CriteriA


Advanced Diploma progression diploma grade a Engineering, including the specialist unit in maths for Engineers plus an as-level at grade c for additional and specialist learning


iBDP 33 points, including 6 points in maths (excluding maths studies) at standard level and in a science or EngineeringsubjectatHigherLevel





ElEctrical EnginEEring with rEnEwaBlE EnErgy SyStEmS mEng H6H2 4-yEar Full-timE H6HF 5-yEar thick-sandWich


• Management


level 3 Core


• AdvancedDevicesandElectronic systems design

• SustainableElectricalpower systems management

• PowerElectronicsand systems

• ControlSystems

level 4 Core

• GroupProjectandProjectManagement



level 4 Options

three from:

• SustainablePowergeneration

• PowerSystemStabilityand control

• EnergyEconomicsand power markets

• PowerElectronicsand Facts

• SustainableDevelopmentand Energy use

• EnergyinTransportand industry

• EnvironmentalLegislation

• EnergyandEnvironmentalreview and audit

• EnvironmentalImpactand risk assessment



several methods of assessment are employed. there are written examinations at the end of each term, but work is also continuously assessed throughout. you will undertake projects,assignments,essays, laboratory work and short tests.

emPlOyABility

the course provides students with the design, analytical and transferable skills required to exploit and lead the dynamic and rapidly expanding technological industries.

CAreers

our students have excellent employment prospects. recent graduates have gone on to work for prestigious companies including the BBC,VirginAirways,Opodo,philips, siemens and a variety of design companies.

PlACements



Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

lect

ron

ic a

nd

Co

mp

ute

r en

gin

eeri

ng

Brunel university


Br

un

el un

iver

sity

electron

ic and

Co

mp

uter en

gin

eering

112COntACt


Computer Systems Engineering BEng/MEng


ABOut tHe COurse

We live in the age of ‘any device, any time, anywhere’ computing where technology, communications and consumer electronics are rapidly evolving. computer systems are central to our everyday interaction, be it a large scale distributed system based on the internet or an embedded system in a consumer electronic device such as a mobile phone.

Brunel’s course comprises four systemic themes:

• programmingandsoftware engineering;

• computerarchitectureand applications;

• datacommunications;

• digitalelectronicsystems.

the range of options available in later years of the programme will allow you to maintain breadth or to specialise.

ACCreDitAtiOn



tyPiCAl mODules

level 1


• ScriptingandWebapplications


• ComputerSystemsmathematics

• InternetandWebtechnologies

• ComputerSystemsWorkshop

level 2

• DataNetworks,services and security


• DigitalSystemDesignandreliability Engineering

• MultimediaContentanalysis and delivery


• EngineeringGroupDesignProject

• Management

level 3



• DistributedSystemsand computing



Beng entry CriteriA

gCe A-level Bcc, including a ScienceorEngineeringsubjectandpreferably maths (general studies not accepted; critical thinking acceptedas4thsubjectonly)


BteC level 3 Advanced Diploma ddm, including distinction in a maths module

iBDP 29 points, including 5 points in maths (excluding maths studies) at standard level or in a science or EngineeringsubjectatHigherLevel

Access pass in an Engineering, ComputingorSciencesubject,with average of merits in all units, including merit in maths at level 3. all others are considered on an individual basis



Beng mODes Of stuDy/ uCAs CODes

GH56 3-yEar Full-timE GH5P 4-yEar thick-sandWich


• NetworkDesignandadvanced data security

• WirelessDatacommunication systems

• eBusinessSystems

• DatabasesforMultimediaapplications

level 4 (meng only)

if you choose the mEng programme you can study for an additional year (level 4), which will take your degree to master’s standard.

• GroupProject


• IntelligentSignalprocessing

• EmbeddedSystemsEngineering

• NetworkDesignandmanagement

• BiomedicalApplications


• eBusinessandmBusiness strategies

• XMLEnterprisetechnologies

• GridMiddlewaretechnologies



assessment methods include: traditional exams; pre-seen exams (a case study to be prepared in advance); written, practical and creative design assignments; laboratory work; and individual and group presentations. the percentage of coursework to exam varies from module to module across the course.

emPlOyABility

the growth in embedded electronic systems across all aspects of our lives has resulted in many new and exciting employment prospects across all areas of industry and business.

graduates with appropriate training in this discipline are likely to have excellent employment opportunities in such diverse fields as finance, leisure, media and marketing, as well as in all forms of engineering and computer industries.

CAreers

recent graduates have worked for prestigious companies including Barclays global investors, the royal mail, thales, accenture, the Bank of scotland, British SkyBroadcasting,Fujitsu,iBm uk ltd, logica, gmc, the office of Fair trading, ViglenLtdandavarietyof design companies.

PlACements

you have the opportunity to undertake high quality work placements within prominent organisations such as intel, renesas, o2, general motors, gsk and motorola. increasingly, students are selecting smaller companies for a more flexible placement opportunity.

the placement year is assessed and contributes to your degree – successful students will graduate ‘with professional development’ as part of their degree title in recognition of their time spent in industry.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

lect

ron

ic a

nd

Co

mp

ute

r en

gin

eeri

ng

Brunel university


meng entry CriteriA

gCe A-level aBB, including a ScienceorEngineeringsubjectandpreferably maths (general studies not accepted; critical thinking acceptedas4thsubjectonly)

Advanced Diploma progression diploma grade a in Engineering, plus the specialist unit in maths for Engineers along with 1 as-level at grade c for additional and specialist learning

BteC level 3 extended Diploma d*dd, including distinction in a maths module

iBDP 33 points, including 5 points in maths (excluding maths studies) at standard level or in a science or EngineeringsubjectatHigherLevel

Access pass in an Engineering, ComputingorSciencesubject,with average of distinctions in all units, including distinction in maths at level 3. all others are considered on an individual basis



meng mODes Of stuDy/ uCAs CODes

G600 4-yEar Full-timE GH5Q 5-yEar thick-sandWich


Br

un

el un

iver

sity

electron

ic and

Co

mp

uter en

gin

eering

114COntACt


Communication Networks Engineering BEng/MEng


ABOut tHe COurse

the evolution of wireless communication systems and networks in recent years has been explosive. the effects of this current trend have included a growing overlap of the network and communication industries, from component fabrication to system integration, and the development of integrated systems that transmit and process all types of data and information.

this is a global phenomenon, which is presently outstripping the ability of commercial organisations to recruit qualified personnel. you will need to be equipped with the necessary blend of technical and managerial skills to initiate and manage the introduction of new emerging technologies in networks and wireless systems.

this unique course aims to give you a strong theoretical background involving the future of wireless communication systems. you will also gain detailed technical knowledge of current practice in wireless systems and networks. graduates will be equipped with analytical skills, design skills, and transferable skills for demanding employment in the field of communication networks engineering.

ACCreDitAtiOn



tyPiCAl mODules

level 1 Core






• Level1Workshop

level 2 Core

• Communications





• Management


Beng entry CriteriA

gCe A-level BBc, including grade B in maths and grade c in a science or Engineering subject(GeneralStudiesnotaccepted; critical thinking acceptedas4thsubjectonly)

Advanced Diploma progression diploma grade B in Engineering, plus the specialist unit in maths for Engineers along with 1 as-level at grade c for additional and specialist learning







communication nEtworkS EnginEEring BEng H646 3-yEar Full-timE H648 4-yEar thick-sandWich


level 3 Core

• MajorFinalProject/ dissertation


• DigitalCommunicationssystems

• NetworkDesignandadvanced security

• SignalProcessingforcommunications

level 4 Core (meng route only)


• WirelessNetworktechnologies

• NetworkDesignandmanagement

• ResearchMethodsand case study

• ComputerNetworks

level 4 Options

one from:

• DataCommunications

• WirelessCommunicationssecurity

• AdvancedDigitalcommunications

• NetworkComputing

• AdvancedMobileSystems


teaching methods include lectures, laboratories, design studios, and one-to-one supervision.

there are written examinations at the end of each term, but work is also continuously assessed throughout. you will undertake projects,assignments,essays, laboratory work and short tests.

emPlOyABility

the flourishing market place for mobile networks has meant that telecommunications companies are making their largest profits from this sector of industry. the connectionless office is a new trend for creating flexible working areas within companies and organisations and the demand for wireless engineers in this domain is expected to be very high in the future. the continuing trend for convergence of services and networks means that many new industries and research institutions are investigating the integration of satellite, mobile and gps networks.

Demandforjobsandfortrained engineers to fill those jobsremainsveryhigh.

CAreers

this course will fully prepare students for employment in telecommunication companies, in areas such as research and development.

graduates have gone on to work for companies such as the BBc, siemens, philips, VirginAirwaysandOpodo.

PlACements



Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

lect

ron

ic a

nd

Co

mp

ute

r en

gin

eeri

ng

Brunel university


meng entry CriteriA


Advanced Diploma progression diploma grade a in Engineering, plus the specialist unit in maths for Engineers along with an as-level at grade c for additional and specialist learning






meng mODes Of stuDy/ uCAs CODes

communication nEtworkS EnginEEring mEng H647 4-yEar Full-timE H645 5-yEar thick-sandWich


Br

un

el un

iver

sity

electron

ic and

Co

mp

uter en

gin

eering

116COntACt


Multimedia Technology and Design BSc


ABOut tHe COurse

this unique multidisciplinary course is focused on the intersection of the arts and sciences. this interaction can generate a stream of new ideas and new forms of creativity. our courses combine ideas from digital technologies with those of creative design. the course aims to produce graduates who can make an immediate contribution to the digital media revolution, whether as employees, freelancers or entrepreneurs.

the course assumes no specificeducationalsubjectbackground, but does require an interest in it combined with creative design flair.

COurse COntent

at levels 1 and 2, the use of practical creative studios plays a central role in consolidating understanding of taught material, and in the development of design and creative skills. our studio work makes use of individual studios devoted to motion capture, photography, web design, 3d graphics, 2d graphics, sound and video capture/editing.

tyPiCAl mODules

level 1

• DigitalMediaDesign

• MultimediaStudios

• SystemsandComputing


level 2

• TimeandMotion

• 3DDesignandAnimation

• Communication

• DesignPractice

• WebApplications

• Interaction

level 3

• DigitalMediamanagement (core)

• SoundandMusicproduction for mixed media

• DatabasesforMultimediaapplications

• MotionCaptureandadvanced 3d

• eBusiness

• EmergentMultimediatechnologies

• SoftwareEngineering

• ImageinMotion

• BroadcastTechnology

entry CriteriA

gCe A-level BBc. arts and humanitiessubjects,sciencesubjectsoracombinationareacceptable, and although not a requirement, we particularly encourage applicants studying art or creative design qualifications such as design and technology, art, photography and music and/or students studying ict-oriented programmes. general studies not accepted; critical thinking acceptedas4thsubjectonly

Advanced Diploma progression diploma grade B in creative and media or information technology, plus an a-level at grade c for additional and specialist learning

BteC level 3 extended Diploma ddm

iBDP 30 points

Access pass in an art, design, ComputingorMediasubject,with average of merits in all units. all others considered on an individual basis

For all of the above, 5 gcsEs at grade c or above are also required, to include English (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your ucas application)



H6W2 3-yEar Full-timE H6WG 4-yEar thick-sandWich


the course uses the latest technology housed in purpose-built teaching studios. it employs a wide variety of teaching, learning and assessment methods, which will develop and then call on your capacity to use hardware and software in order to realise your design solutions.

teaching methods include lectures, studio work, tutorials and one-to-one supervision.

assessment is by a variety of methods, including: traditional exam; written assignments; practical and creative design projects;andindividualand group presentations.

in the final year you will undertake a significant multimediaproject(sometimes for an external client) which you will be able to present at internal exhibitions and at external shows.

emPlOyABility

technologists and multimedia designers are the architects and implementers of the technological revolution and are in very great demand throughout industry, commerce and the public sector. We aim to produce well-educated, imaginative and professionally-trained

graduates who can meet the challenge of rapid technological development.

the course has a large number of possible career outcomes, and we have a very strong track record for graduates finding employment in the same sector as their degree.

CAreers

previous students have become information architects, motion graphics designers, user experience architects, web designers/developers and digital managers. they have gone on to work for companies such as dare digital, lBi, Lightmaker,Xerox,IBM,sega, hallmark and reading room. many work for highly creative, digital agencies with quite small employee numbers, while others work for departments within larger corporations. a number of students work freelance or have founded their own companies.

PlACements


Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

lect

ron

ic a

nd

Co

mp

ute

r en

gin

eeri

ng

Brunel university


employers who work with Brunel placement students recognise that they stand out from the crowd in terms of relevant, high level skills:

One of the biggest challenges for our industry is the shortage of good people. this is why we have set up a placement scheme with Brunel. the students from the multimedia course are always a breath of fresh air in terms of enthusiasm and talent. Keep them coming!

Flo Heiss, Dare (an interact ive market ing agency)

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

electron

ic and

Co

mp

uter en

gin

eering

118COntACt


Broadcast Media (Design and Technology) BSc


ABOut tHe COurse

TheTVandmediaindustriesare going through a period of rapid change with the digital revolution changing thewaythatTVprogrammesare recorded, produced, screened and viewed. the rapid growth of interactive and3DTVhasresultedinthe need for new types of creative technologists, including 2d/3d motion graphics designers, visual effects practitioners for TV,broadcastsystemsintegrators, interactive technologists, and post-production and virtual production environments implementers.

on successful completion of this course, you will understand the contexts inwhichTVbroadcastprofessionals and graphic designers operate and the design methods and methodologies used in the visual arts and communications. you will also understand contemporary and emerging computing and communication hardware and software systems and electronic media

technologies. you will be able to effectively use computer technologies for post-production and compositing as well as software tools and packages for creative illustration, graphics, static and dynamic image processing.

this course’s aims are different to those of a Film and television studies course. We aim to produce creative designers with the technological skill to produce high quality visual media for broadcast delivery to a professional standard. there is no other programme in the uk that truly aims to develop both the technology and creative skill required for the industry.

tyPiCAl mODules

level 1

• FilmStyle

• SystemsandComputing

• DigitalTVProcessand practice

• DigitalMediaDesign

• StudioGroupProject

entry CriteriA

gCe A-level BBc, in either arts and humanities, sciences or a combination (general studies not accepted; critical thinking acceptedas4thsubjectonly)

Advanced Diploma progression diploma grade B in either creative and media or information technology, plus a c at a-level for additional and specialist learning

BteC level 3 extended Diploma ddm

iBDP 30 points

Access pass in an art, design, ComputingorMediasubject,with an average of merits in all units. all others considered on an individual basis

For all of the above, 5 gcsEs at grade c or above are also required, to include English (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your ucas application)



HW62 3-yEar Full-timE HW6F 4-yEar thick-sandWich

level 2

• MotionGraphics

• DesignPracticefor Broadcast

• Post-Productionandcompositing

• 3DDesignandAnimation

• Communication

• SoundandMusicproduction for Broadcast

level 3 Core

• MajorProject

• DigitalMediamanagement

level 3 Options

• AdvancedMotionGraphics

• AdvancedCompositing

• MotionCaptureandadvanced 3d

• ImageinMotion

• BroadcastTechnology


teaching methods include lectures, studios, workshops and one-to-one supervision.

assessment is by a variety of methods, including: traditional exam; pre-seen exam (a case study to prepare in advance); written, practical and creative design assignments; and individual and group presentations. you will also carryoutamajorindividualprojectworthathirdofyour final year mark.

the percentage of coursework to exam depends on the modules you select. as an approximate guide, about 40% of assessment over the whole programme is by examination, and 60% by coursework.

emPlOyABility

applicants who have both creative ability and knowledge of the technology and its creative potential are in ever-growing demand. our links with industry mean that graduates are well-placed to enter the dynamicworldofdigitalTV.

CAreers

recent graduates have gone on to work for theBBC,WurmsersTVgraphics, philips, sky, VentureThreeandavarietyof design companies.

PlACements

you have the opportunity to undertake high-quality work placements within prestigious organisations.

students who complete the thick-sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with professional development’. B

ru

nel

un

iver

sit

y

ele

ctro

nic

an

d C

om

pu

ter

eng

inee

rin

g

Brunel university


in a course directed at real hands-on practice rather than simulation or theoretical work, you will spend much of your time in a custom designed, integrated tv studio and post-production suite, both of which only use high-definition formats.

Our broadcast facility will allow you to capture and manipulate high definition and 3D video using professional quality equipment – exactly the same as those used in the broadcast media industry.



Economics and FinancE

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

econ

om

ics and

Finan

ce

economics and Financeannual intake: 290

Why study Economics and FinancE at BrunEl?

★★ many of our staff are nationally and internationally recognised for their work in this field.

★★ as a graduate of this course, you will have selective exemption from some professional accountancy and law exams. not only is this a fast-track way to professional qualifications after you graduate, but it is also a symbol of the quality of the programme.

★★ We have good links with business. this means that your course content is up-to-date, and we have more contacts to help you find jobs and work placements.

★★ the use of computers is an integral part of all our courses. you will make extensive use of computers attached to a powerful network. you will then be linked to other uK and international information sources. you will also become familiar with the analytical packages widely used by business and financial institutions.

coursEs at a GlancE

Economics Bsc ................................................................................ Page 122

Economics and Business Finance Bsc ........................................... Page 122

Economics and accounting Bsc .................................................... Page 124

Finance and accounting Bsc ......................................................... Page 126


• EconomicsandManagementBSc .................................... Page 123

• PoliticsandEconomicsBSc ............................................... Page 123

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

con

om

ics

and

Fin

ance



Necip spent his p lacement at HM Treasur y.

Brunel was my first choice because it ticked every box that i was looking for in a university. it’s situated on a clean and stylish campus, it’s in Greater london, it has a reputation for producing strong economics graduates, and it offers economics students the opportunity to go on a work placement in the penultimate year of their studies.

three years on and i’m thoroughly enjoying my time here. i recently finished a year at Hm treasury in the european economics team. as well as providing regular briefings for the Prime minister and chancellor (whom i had the opportunity to meet), i was given the role of housing market expert, producing high level research and presenting to an audience.

the opportunity to undertake a placement separates Brunel from most other universities in london, and Brunel’s Placement and careers centre’s strong links with prospective employers are very beneficial from a student’s perspective.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

econ

om

ics and

Finan

ce

122contact

dr tomoe moore, admissions tutorJanet Burton, undergraduate admissions administrator tel: +44 (0)1895 265961 email: [email protected]

Economics BSc

Economics and Business Finance BSccheck the web course entry for up‑to‑date course information and detailed entry requirements.

aBout tHe course

Economics courses at Brunel combine an understanding of theory with the practical skills necessary to apply your knowledge to a business, industrial, financial or government environment. it is this combination, together with a strong background in finance, that distinguishes Brunel’s courses from other economics degrees.

these broad-based courses aim to produce economists with a range of technical expertise including quantitative and computing skills, and who have a strong intellectual and practical grounding in economic and financial decision-making in industry and the city.

tyPical modules

level 1

• MicroeconomicPrinciples

• MacroeconomicPrinciples

• FinancialMarketsand accounting

• MathematicsforEconomics and Finance

• StatisticalResearchmethods

• IntroductiontoFinancial accounting

level 2 core

Economics students study six core modules. Economics and Business Finance students study five core modules along with one optional module. if you choose the thick-sandwich route, you will complete your work placement at level 2.

• MicroeconomicPrinciples 2 (core)

• MacroeconomicPrinciples 2 (core)

• MoneyandBanking(Core)

• IntroductiontoEconomic modelling (core Economics)

• MathematicalEconomics(core Economics)

• IncentivesandContracttheory with applications (core Economics)

• CorporateFinance(core Economics and Business Finance)

• CorporateInvestment(core Economics and Business Finance)

Economics and Business Finance students also select one from:

• IntroductiontoEconomic modelling

• EconometricsforFinance

entry criteria

Gce a‑level BBc (you must have Grade c in maths or statistics at at least as-level; General studies/critical thinking accepted as 4th subject only)

advanced diploma Progression diploma Grade B in Business, administration and Finance or Public services, plus a-level maths or statistics at Grade c or Grade B at as-level in maths or statistics and in Economics for additional and specialist learning

Btec level 3 extended diploma ddm in a related subject, plus at least Grade c in as-level maths or statistics

iBdP 30 points, including 6 in standard or 4 in higher maths

access Pass plus as-level maths or statistics

For all of the above, 5 GcsEs at Grade c or above are also required, to include Grade B in English and maths (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your ucas application)

modes oF study/ ucas codes

Economics BscL101 3-yEar Full-timE L106 4-yEar thicK-sandWich

Economics and BusinEss FinancE BscLND3 3-yEar Full-timE LNC3 4-yEar thicK-sandWich

Economics and managEmEnt BscLNC2 3-yEar Full-timE LND2 4-yEar thicK-sandWich

Politics and Economics BscLLC2 3-yEar Full-timE LL12 4-yEar thicK-sandWich

level 3 core

• MajorProject

• AdvancedTopicsinEconomic theory

• CoreEconomics–Econometric methods and applications

• CoreEconomicsandBusinessFinance–onefrom: Financial theory or corporate Policy

level 3 options

• Managerialandindustrial Economics

• BehaviouralEconomicsand Finance

• TheEconomicsoflabour markets

• InternationalMoneyand Finance

• AdvancedTopicinFinance (Economics and Business Finance only)

• EconometricMethodsandapplications (Economics and Business Finance only)

teacHinG and assessment

teaching methods include lectures, workshops, seminars and one-to-one supervision.

around 75% of assessment is in the form of exams, but some courses have a higher proportion of coursework.

emPloyaBility

Economics plays a crucial role in the operation, management and regulation of financial institutions, industry and government agencies. Knowledge of economics significantly enhances strategic decision making and is crucial in a world of integrating global markets and the information superhighway.

careers

Economics graduates from Brunel have an excellent employment record and go into a wide variety of occupations. some go on to further study and become professional economists or accountants. others are employed in industry, the financial sector or government.

Placements

you can choose to study either a traditional three-year course or the prestigious four-year sandwich course. sandwich course students have the chance to undertake paid, professional work experience in the heart of the financial, business and public sector, in the uK or overseas.

students who complete the thick-sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with Professional development’.

economics Honours deGree comBinations

you will select modules from those offered by each of the two subjects. check the web page for your programme for more course information and full entry criteria.

economics and management Bsc

Gce a‑level BBc, including Grade c in maths or statistics at at least as-level refer to Business and management, page 88

Politics and economics Bsc

Gce a‑level BBB, including Grade c in maths or statistics at at least as-level refer to Politics, page 180

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

con

om

ics

and

Fin

ance

Brunel university


Br

un

el un

iver

sity

econ

om

ics and

Finan

ce

124contact


Economics and Accounting BSccheck the web course entry for up‑to‑date course information and detailed entry requirements.

aBout tHe course

the purpose of this course is to provide students with a strong intellectual and practical grounding in both economics and accounting. the programme is distinctive in allowing students to develop the fundamental analytical techniques of micro- and macroeconomics, while also developing knowledge and understanding of the core concepts and issues in financial and management accounting.

tyPical modules

level 1


• MacroeconomicsPrinciples

• FinancialMarkets

• MathematicsforEconomics and Finance



level 2

• IntroductiontoEconomic modelling

• MicroeconomicPrinciples2

• MacroeconomicPrinciples2

• ManagementAccountingand decision-making

• FinancialAccountingandstatement analysis

• CompanyandLawregulations

• WorkPlacement(four-year programme only)

level 3 core

• Project/Dissertation

• FinancialAccounting

• AdvancedTopicsinEconomic theory

level 3 options

• Auditing

• Managerialandindustrial Economics

• InternationalMoneyand Finance

• TheEconomicsofthelabour market

• DevelopmentEconomics


• EconometricMethodsand applications



the proportion of exam to coursework is approximately 75% to 25%, but some courses have a higher proportion of continuous assessment. the final year dissertation is worth a third of level 3 marks.

entry criteria

Gce a‑level BBc (you must have Grade c in maths or statistics at at least as-level; General studies/critical thinking accepted as 4th subject only)

advanced diploma Progression diploma Grade B in Business, administration and Finance or Public services, plus a-level maths at Grade B or as-level maths and Economics at Grade B for additional and specialist learning

Btec level 3 extended diploma ddm in a related subject, plus at least Grade c in as-level maths or statistics

iBdP 30 points, including 6 in standard or 4 in higher maths

access Pass plus as-level maths



LN14 3-yEar Full-timE NL41 4-yEar thicK-sandWich

emPloyaBility

this course seeks to equip graduates with the core theoretical and practical skills necessary to understand and analyse economic and accounting issues that arise in the business world, and to prepare them for a variety of potential careers after graduation, including management consultancy, accountancy and banking.

careers

our students have excellent career prospects. Graduates have gone on to work for prestigious companies including merrill lynch, natWest, morgan stanley, PriceWaterhousecoopers, JP morgan, hsBc, Ernst & young, the london stock Exchange and uBs.

Placements

you can choose to study either a traditional three-year course, or the prestigious four-year sandwich course.

sandwich course students have the chance to undertake paid, professional work experience in industry, the public sector and commerce in the uK or overseas.


Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

con

om

ics

and

Fin

ance

Brunel university


the high‑level skills demonstrated by economics students on placement can lead to permanent job offers when they graduate:

Kingston smith has frequently recruited placement students through the Brunel Placement and careers centre over the last few years. the service is of a high standard and we have employed several bright undergraduates who have added a great deal of value whilst working with us. in fact, we have employed a number of graduates on a permanent basis once they have finished their studies.

Paul Hibberd, Kingston Smith LLP

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

econ

om

ics and

Finan

ce

126contact


Finance and Accounting BSccheck the web course entry for up‑to‑date course information and detailed entry requirements.

aBout tHe course

Economics plays a crucial role in the operation, management and regulation of financial institutions, industry and government agencies. as a senior manager in public and private enterprise, a knowledge of economics significantly enhances strategic decision making. Furthermore, such knowledge is crucial in a world of integrating global markets and the information superhighway.

the courses at Brunel combine an understanding of theory with the practical skills necessary to apply your knowledge to a business, industrial, financial or government environment. it is this combination, together with a strong background in finance, that distinguishes the Brunel courses from other degrees in economics.

this degree aims to produce graduates who are familiar with the principles of finance across a range of subject areas, and will prepare students for careers in accountancy.

tyPical modules

level 1

• MacroeconomicPrinciples





level 2 core

• CorporateFinance

• CorporateInvestment

• EconometricsforFinance

• ManagementAccountingand decision-making

• FinancialAccountingandstatement analysis

• CompanyLawandregulations

Plus options from a range of Economics/Finance topics

level 3 core


• Auditing(core)

• FinancialAccounting

Plus one of the following options:

• FinancialTheoryandcorporate Policy

• FinancialEngineering

entry criteria

Gce a‑level BBc, including Grade c in maths or statistics at a-level (General studies/critical thinking accepted as 4th subject only)

advanced diploma Progression diploma Grade B in Business, administration and Finance or Public services, plus a-level maths or statistics at Grade c (or its equivalent) for additional and specialist learning

Btec level 3 extended diploma ddm in a related subject, plus a-level maths or statistics at Grade c (or its equivalent)

iBdP 30 points, including 5 in higher maths or 6 in higher maths methods

access Pass plus a-level maths



NN34 3-yEar Full-timE NN3K 4-yEar thicK-sandWich

level 3 options

• EconometricMethodsand applications


• AdvancedTopicinFinance

• Taxation

Final year ProJect

in your final year you will undertake a 10,000 word dissertation, which is often seen by prospective employers and which may stem directly from a work placement. this is an important element of the degree and provides you with an opportunity for independent study, original thought and, especially for those on sandwich courses, an opportunity to apply economic and financial theories, concepts and models to practical problems.



Each subject is assessed in the term when it is taken. the proportion of exam to coursework is approximately 75% to 25%, but some courses have a higher proportion of continuous assessment. level 1 does not count towards your final degree mark. level 2 is worth a third, and level 3 the rest. the final year dissertation is worth a third of level 3 marks.

careers

Finance and Economics graduates from Brunel have an excellent employment record and go into a wide variety of occupations. some go on to further study and become professional economists or accountants. others are employed in industry, the financial sector or government. in some cases a job offer comes from a former work placement employer. Finance and accounting graduates also have prospects in the world of corporate banking and financial services.

Graduates have gone on to work for organisations such as natWest, hsBc, Ernst & young, morgan stanley, Pricewaterhousecoopers, merrill lynch, JP morgan, the london stock Exchange and uBs.

Placements

sandwich course students have the chance to undertake paid, professional work experience alongside trained experts in industry, business, the public sector and commerce in the uK or overseas.


Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

con

om

ics

and

Fin

ance

Brunel university


Jermaine studied Finance and Account ing.

When i first arrived at Brunel four years ago i had little knowledge about how much growing up i would have to do! it was a massive transition from a‑level to undergraduate degree level. unlike sixth form, you have to monitor your own progress, which prompted me to become more independent and critical of the standard of my work. these two attributes are essential for my career and my everyday living.

the lecturers and seminar leaders at Brunel were very keen to help me find solutions to challenges, as opposed to just giving me the answer. this prepared me for my industrial placement, and the careers team at Brunel was also very helpful. the university has good links with top institutions.

the most valuable asset that my degree has given me is the self‑belief that with hard work and perseverance one can achieve results at the highest level.


school of sport and education

Education

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

edu

cation

educationannual intake: 40

Why study Education at BrunEl?

★★ you will benefit from an established partnership between Brunel and a variety of educational institutions and local schools.

★★ Brunel education degrees offer multicultural teaching opportunities. our location in West london and our diverse and well-established schools network means you will gain highly-valued experience learning to teach in vibrant multicultural schools.

★★ Education staff members have a high reputation for scholarship and are well known nationally and internationally for their research. We are host to a number of research centres, including the Brunel able children’s centre, and the university is also a leading research centre for work into supportive education (teaching high-ability children and those with learning difficulties).

★★ you can take advantage of free access to language classes and language laboratories.

★★ Brunel is one of the few dfE-accredited centres in the country for Physical Education and sport.

coursEs at a GlancE

contemporary Education Ba ........................................................ Page 130

secondary Education (Physical Education) Bsc ........................... Page 132

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

du

cati

on



Rachael is a third year Secondar y Education and Physical Education student

Being someone who loves being at home, i never expected to choose a university so far away, but having visited Brunel i felt it was the right choice for me and now i’m in my third year i know i made the right decision.

the staff are all experts within their fields which ensures that we always know exactly what we need to, and they’re friendly and approachable too so they’re never far away when you need advice even if it’s not about the course. stimulating lectures, engaging seminars and upbeat practical sessions, all taught in state-of-the-art-facilities really do open your eyes to what Pe teaching is all about in a fun and appealing way.

although assignments do take up a reasonable amount of time, it’s not the be-all and end-all of uni – there’s plenty of time for fun stuff too which the amazing student union makes sure of! Brunel has it all – sports, societies, quality of teaching, and to top it off, easy access to central london for the shopaholic or nightlife enthusiast in you.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

edu

cation

130contact

nic crowe, admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 267146 email: [email protected]

Contemporary Education BSccheck the web course entry for up-to-date course information and detailed entry requirements.

aBout the course

this degree is a response to the changing and evolving nature of education in the broadest sense of the word. if you share our belief that creativity, culture and education are inextricably linked, and if you are interested in examining the education system and exploring theories of how people learn throughout their lifespan, then this is the programme for you.

it will equip you with a depth of understanding about the role of education in a diverse society, both within and beyond the uK. it is a forward-looking programme, designed for changing times and for the people who will be making the decisions in years to come.

the programme aims to: enable students to acquire knowledge, understanding and skills in contemporary educational theory, policy and practice; develop a range of transferable skills; and prepare students for further professional and academic qualifications and for a range of education-related careers.

tyPical modules

level 1

• UnderstandingLearning

• HumanDevelopment:childhood to adolescence 1

• EducationandSociety

• Multi-disciplinaryPerspectives

• StudySkillsandMethodsofEnquiry

• WorkinginEducationalsettings

level 2

• LivingandLearningindifferent communities: cultural Perspectives and comparisons

• HumanDevelopment:childhood to adolescence 2

• IndividualandGrouplearning in informal Environments

• MentoringandCoachingin Educational settings

• ResearchMethods

• ExploringEducationalEnvironments

entry criteria

Gce a-level BBc, including a social science subject

advanced diploma Progression diploma Grade B in society, health and development, retail Business, sport and active leisure, travel and tourism or Public services, plus a c at a-level in a science or social science subject for additional and specialist learning

iBdP 30 points

Btec level 3 extended diploma DDMinarelatedsubject

access students will be considered on an individual basis

For all of the above, 5 GcsE passes at Grade c or above are also required, to include English, MathematicsandScience(pleasenote that these must have been gained by the time you submit your ucas application)

modes of study/ ucas codes

X300 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-7YEARPART-TIME

level 3

• GrowingUpinTwentyFirst century Britain

• EducationinFormalcontexts

• EducationinInformalcontexts

• ResearchinEducationalcontexts

• ResearchProject

teachinG and assessment

teaching is by a mixture of lectures, seminars, tutorials, independent learning and research project activities.

your progress will be assessed in a variety of ways. assessment procedures include individual and group project work, essays, oral presentations, report writing, class-based tests and written examinations at level 1 and level 3.

emPloyaBility

this programme helps develop a range of transferable skills, such as critical reflection, systematic analysis, communication, collaboration, presentation skills and writing.

careers

Brunel contemporary Education graduates will enjoy careers in fields including: the education professions; education administration; Early years education; informal education; education welfare; counselling; education psychology; social services; social work; administration and education management; and teaching.

they may work as after-school Programme co-ordinators, continuing Professional development coordinators, lEa officers and Business trainers.

some students will progress to Qts teacher training courses to become primary teachers. if you are considering teaching, you will need to combine your degree with a one-year PGcE, and successful completion of the Ba contemporary Education leads directly into Brunel’s highly regarded PGcert Primary programme, provided that you meet current government requirements.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

du

cati

on

Brunel university


Richard and Nicola are f inal year Education students

i originally chose Brunel because of what the course here had to offer. there is a wide range of multicultural schools in the area, which gave me the best possible start to becoming a teacher.

Working in small groups gives you the opportunity to really get to know your peers, so you can help each other throughout the course.

if you’re big on sports, which i am, Brunel gives you the perfect opportunity to get involved. through different clubs i have met loads of new people and had a great social life as well.

Richard

Why Brunel? Well, there were countless reasons! the sociable atmosphere, the ‘family feeling’ around campus, the variety of sports available, the location, the degree quality and many more!

i have met some amazing people at Brunel, friends and staff alike. the teaching team have been caring, encouraging and friendly and attentive to everyone’s needs, and the course structure has been exciting and has made learning fun!

life outside my studies has been lively. trips to the nightclub on campus, Brunel dance classes and coaching trampolining have kept me active, determined and focused.

i have gained so many lifelong skills, and with limited job opportunities i feel i am now the best job candidate i can be.

Nicola

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

edu

cation

132contact

Paula Zwozdiak-myers, admissions tutor tel: +44 (0)1895 266495 email: [email protected]

Secondary Education (Physical Education) BSccheck the web course entry for up-to-date course information and detailed entry requirements.

aBout the course

the course offers a range of studies related to sport sciences in general and to physical education in particular from both thematic and disciplinary perspectives. you will examine the interfacing relationship between sport and physical education and learn how to apply theory to practice.

your main subject will be Physical Education and, for the first two years, you will work alongside Bsc sport sciences students to build up a strong academic and practical base in this subject. Brunel offers state-of-the-art sports facilities and has a national reputation for its strength in sport. Manyofourstudentscompete at national or international level.

you will also undertake work in education studies, and take modules in Physical Education activities and in all six national curriculum areas of expertise. in the final two years the emphasis shifts to Professional Education, leading to a recommendation for the degree and for Qualified teacher status.

the course will prepare you to teach the 11-18 age range and will cover all areas of the national curriculum for

Physical Education. it has been planned in partnership with local schools and the training and development agency for schools.

you will undertake periods of extended school experience in years 3 and 4 and will work in schools in each of the four years.

course content

years 1 and 2 focus on your developing subject knowledge. years 3 and 4 develop your ability to plan and teach your subject in schools.

tyPical modules

level 1 core

• EducationalStudies1–Foundation Professional Module(includesschool-based work)

• PhysicalEducationStudies–outdoor and adventurous activities and swimming

• SportScience–Techniqueanalysis and application in sport and Physical Education; Foundations of sport and Exercise Performance; the Psychology of Personal development and sport; Performance studies in Physical Education and sport

• 26days’schoolexperience

entry criteria

Gce a-level BBc, preferably including sport studies or Physical Education

advanced diploma Progression diploma Grade B in a relevant subject, plus an a-level in sports studies or Physical Education at Grade c for additional and specialist learning


iBdP 30 points

access students are considered on an individual basis

For all of the above, 5 GcsEs at Grade c or above are also required, toincludeEnglishandMaths.GcsE double or triple science at Grade c or above is also required. (Please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your ucas application)

your commitment to and suitability for entering the teaching profession will be discussed at interview. Evidence of a wide sporting profile will also be important

isa/crB checks all students undertaking this programme of study will be required to register with the Vetting and Barring schemes. For full details of the independent safeguarding authority guidelines, see page 215

modes of study/ ucas codes

X1CP 4-YEARFULL-TIME

level 2 core

• EducationalStudies2

• PhysicalEducationStudies–GamesandAthletics

• SportScience–Appliedsport and Exercise Physiology; research and applications in sport Psychology: a Group dynamic Perspective; Performance studies in Physical Education and sport


level 3 core

• EducationStudies3(including a major school based project)

• PhysicalEducationStudies–GymnasticsandDance

• SportScience–Physiologyof the high Performance athlete; applied sport Psychology; interdisciplinary studies of Physical Education and sport


nB all Physical Education studies modules are split between university-based and school-based work.

teachinG and assessment

the innovative research that our lecturers carry out feeds into your courses and ensures that course content and debate are lively and relevant to education today.

assessment is by a variety of methods including examinations, practicals, course assignments, orals and evaluation of your teaching in schools.

self-assessment and reflective learning will be an important part of your development.

emPloyaBility

Brunel’s long tradition in education means that we have developed an extensive network of former students and contacts who hold positions of responsibility in the nation’s schools. this may help you to get the job you want after graduation.

careers

the majority of students enter careers in teaching and we have high employment rates.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

du

cati

on

Brunel university


Steph is a f inal year Secondar y Education and Physical Education student.

i have always wanted to be a Pe teacher, and Brunel university stood out for being so close to central london, the cosmopolitan atmosphere, the recommendation of the course, and the many extra-curricular sports on offer.

i never expected Pe teaching to have so much depth, but the way the course is delivered through stimulating lectures, seminars and practical lessons, in fantastic facilities, makes it really appealing and has urged me to learn more than i could ever have expected.

having friendly and approachable teaching staff also gives you such a confidence boost. they keep you levelheaded and try to assist you in any way they can. But it’s not all work and no play – i have managed to fill my spare time with a part-time job in the students’ union bar as well as the equestrian club, netball club and the women’s cricket team!


school of Health sciences and social Care

HealtH ScienceS and Social care

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Health

sciences an

d so

cial Care

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

H

ealt

h s

cien

ces

and

so

cial

Car

e



Emma made her senior debut in the GB team in 2010, just weeks af ter f inishing her Physiotherapy degree.

As a sports scholar i enjoyed benefits such as free access to Brunel’s fantastic facilities, lucozade supplements and a grant. the university was very supportive of my running and i loved competing for Brunel as we have a very motivated athletics team that seems to be getting better every year!

My degree was quite challenging and i had to work a lot of hours. it was hard to balance with training, but the university was brilliant in trying to organise placements as near to training as possible.

i would highly recommend the Physiotherapy course and athletics at Brunel, and i felt proud wearing those blue and yellow colours out on the track!

Emma is pictured with Dame Kelly Holmes, at Kelly’s honorary graduation ceremony at Brunel.

Kelly mentors Emma as part of her ‘On Camp with Kelly’ initiative.

HeAltH sCienCes And soCiAl CAreAnnual intake: 440

Why study health sciences and social care at Brunel?

★★ Brunel offers outstanding facilities, including state-of-the-art Biomedical sciences laboratories and first-rate facilities in the health studies centre, which opened in 2006.

★★ students benefit from close links with colleagues in the nhs, social service and voluntary organisations around london, through research and practice placements.

★★ We have an impressive record of research, innovation and publication. lecturers’ leading-edge findings feed into our courses to ensure content is up-to-date and original, and a number of academics are internationally-renowned scientists in their fields of expertise.

★★ depending on your degree programme, there may be opportunities to undertake part of your studies overseas.

courses at a Glance

Biomedical sciences Bsc ................................................................ Page 136

Biomedical sciences (Biochemistry) Bsc ...................................... Page 136

Biomedical sciences (Forensic) Bsc ............................................... Page 136

Biomedical sciences (Genetics) Bsc .............................................. Page 136

Biomedical sciences (human health) Bsc .................................... Page 136

Biomedical sciences (immunology) Bsc ....................................... Page 136

occupational therapy Bsc ............................................................ Page 138

Physiotherapy Bsc .......................................................................... Page 140

social Work Ba ............................................................................... Page 142

social Work Ba (Part-time employment route) ......................... Page 142

specialist social Work (adults) Ba ............................................... Page 144

specialist social Work (children and Families) Ba ...................... Page 144

specialist community Public health nursing Bsc ....................... Page 146

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Health

sciences an

d so

cial Care

136ContACt

dr Anthony tsolaki, Admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 266077 email: [email protected]

Biomedical Sciences BSc


ABout tHe Course

the modern biomedical scientist needs to be familiar with a wide range of subject areas, including biochemistry, genetics, cell and molecular biology, immunology, and anatomy and physiology, as related to human health, disease and treatment.

you can follow the mainstream Biomedical sciences degree or select a particular pathway, allowing you to gain specialist knowledge in your chosen subject area:

• TheBiochemistry pathway explores the role of various biomechanical pathways in normal metabolism and how these may be altered during specific human diseases;

• The Forensic pathway emphasises the basic principles of forensic investigation and analysis and their application to the study of criminal activities;

• TheGenetics pathway emphasises how genetic mutations alter cellular processes and cause disease;

• TheHuman Health pathway focuses on the role of infectious organisms in disease and how human activities can lead to disease transmission;

• Theimmunology pathway provides a greater

understanding of the role of the immune system in preventing human disease.

Course Content

level 1 is core for all pathways, and gives a grounding in cellular and biochemical processes. at level 2, all pathways with the exception of Biochemistry have optional module choices. at level 3 you are given as much choice as possible to allow you to follow your interests.

tyPiCAl Modules

level 1 Core

• AnatomyandPhysiology

• Biochemistry:Structureand Function

• BiologyoftheCell

• PracticalSkillsInBiomedical sciences

• ResearchSkills

level 2 Core

• MolecularandCellBiology

• GeneticEngineeringand immunobiology

• Principlesofhuman disease

• ProfessionalSkillsinBiomedical sciences

• AnalyticalBiochemistry(core Biochemistry)

• MetabolicRegulation(core Biochemistry)

• Geneticsanddevelopment (core Forensic and Genetics)

entry CriteriA

GCe A‑level BBc, preferably including a biological subject

Advanced diploma no subjects currently accepted

BteC level 3 extended diploma DDMinarelatedsubject

iBdP 30 points, including 5 points in Biology at higher level.


Foundation Course Pass in a related subject

For all of the above, 5 Gcses at Grade c or above are also required, toincludeEnglish,Mathsandscience (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your ucas application)


Biomedical ScienceS BScC900 3-YEARFULL-TIME C901 4-year thick-sandWich

Biomedical ScienceS (BiochemiStry) BScC722 3-YEARFULL-TIME C723 4-year thick-sandWich

Biomedical ScienceS (ForenSic) BScF410 3-YEARFULL-TIME F411 4-year thick-sandWich

Biomedical ScienceS (GeneticS) BScC400 3-YEARFULL-TIME C401 4-year thick-sandWich

Biomedical ScienceS (human health) BScB990 3-YEARFULL-TIME B991 4-year thick-sandWich

Biomedical ScienceS (immunoloGy) BScC550 3-YEARFULL-TIME C551 4-year thick-sandWich

• MedicalMicrobiology(core human health and immunology)

level 2 options

• AnalyticalBiochemistry

• GeneticsandDevelopment

• MedicalMicrobiology

• MetabolicRegulation

level 3 Core

• FinalYearProject

• MedicalBiochemistry(core Biochemistry)

• ForensicTechnologies(core Forensic)

• GenomicTechnologies(core Genetics)

• MicrobialPathogenesis(core human health and immunology)

• MedicalImmunology(core immunology)

level 3 options

• BiologyandTreatmentof cancer

• CellularPathologies

• EndocrineDisorders

• GenomicMedicine

• MedicalImmunology

• MolecularPharmacologyand toxicology

MainstreamBiomedicalsciences students can also select options from the level 3 core modules for the five pathways.

teACHinG And AssessMent

the course is taught through a mixture of lectures, seminars, and practical laboratory sessions.

there are formal written examinations at the end of each year which may include multiple choice questions, essays, short answers, problem solving and data

interpretation. Performance in laboratory classes and written laboratory reports is assessed in each term through coursework.

eMPloyABility

studying Biomedical sciences will equip you with a wide range of transferable and employability skills that will enable you to follow your chosen career after graduation.

CAreers

in recent years, graduates have found employment with a wide range of public and private sector companies, including the home office Forensic science service, the NationalInstituteforMedicalresearch, unilever research ltd, Glaxosmithkline and shell ltd, as well as hospitals and nhs research centres.

a substantial proportion of our graduates go on to higher degrees or further qualifications such as medicine, dentistry, ophthalmology or teaching.

For those wishing to pursue a career as an nhs medical laboratory scientific officer, please note that this course isnotIBMSaccredited.

PlACeMents

your employability will be increased by undertaking a one-year work placement. Past students have worked at Glaxosmithkline and cancer research uk and within hospitals and medical research institutes.

students who complete the thick-sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with Professional experience’.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

H

ealt

h s

cien

ces

and

so

cial

Car

e

Brunel university


employers who offer work placements to Brunel Biomedical sciences students see that they have the skills required for a successful career in the field:

Bevean is a pleasure to work with and has kept us entertained with his terrific sense of humour and great personality. He is conscientious, reliable, focused and hard working and will be an asset to any lab once he gets his degree. We would like to wish him every success for his final year and for a career in biomedical sciences – we will be sorry to see Bevean leave.

Jane Til ler, Harefie ld Hospital

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Health

sciences an

d so

cial Care

138ContACt

Christopher Bailey, Admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 268739

Occupational Therapy BSc


ABout tHe Course

as occupational therapists and as educators we value human occupation, believing that an individual’s occupational performance is integral to health and quality of life. Viewing people as individuals is central to our occupational therapy philosophy. a client-centred approach facilitates the practical application of this philosophy and recognises the importance of the therapist to enable optimum occupational performance.

students learn the core skills and knowledge of occupational therapy, integrated with inter-professional issues and research. Periods of academic study on campus are interspersed with practice placements. students are also encouraged to examine the evidence base of occupational therapy, concluding in the presentation of a research proposal.

ACCreditAtion

the programme is approved by the health Professions council and accredited by the college of occupational therapists. Graduates

are eligible to apply for registration with the health Professions council and for a licence to practise. you may also apply for membership of the British association/college of occupational therapists.

Course Content

the course integrates theory with practice through three course themes: occupation, enquiry and professional practice. Periods of campus-based study will prepare you for practice placements, and then information and experience gained on placements provides much of the case study material used in university study. there is also a mix of individual and group work.

the programme enables you to develop your practical and theoretical skills in tandem, including the theory and practice of self-care and independent living techniques. Practical skills are taught in the state-of-the-art keep living suite, where students learn about the use of special equipment and about designing adaptations to living environments. you will also study the principles and management of therapeutic activity groups,

entry CriteriA

GCe A‑level Bcc, including Grade B in Biology, human Biology, Psychology or sociology (General studies not accepted; critical thinking accepted at 4th subject only)

Advanced diploma Progression diploma Grade c in society, health and development or sport and active leisure plus a-level Biology or human Biology at Grade B for additional and specialist learning

BteC level 3 extended diploma DDMinahealth-relatedsubject

iBdP 29 points including Biology, human Biology or Psychology

Access Pass in a relevant subject, including at least 65% of units withMeritorDistinction

For all of the above, 5 Gcses at Grade c or above are also required, toincludeEnglishandMaths(please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your ucas application)

Mature students a high percentage of our intake are mature students, and these applicants are considered on individual merit, relevant work experience and evidence of recent academic achievement

Part‑time students in addition to the full-time requirements, part-time students must have experience of working with people with disabilities or who have encountered social exclusion

isA/CrB checks all students undertaking this programme of study will be required to register with the Vetting and Barring schemes. For full details of the independent safeguarding authority guidelines, see page 215

a satisfactory health declaration will also be required


B920 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-6YEARSPART-TIME

and will receive interviewing and communication skills training. you will develop skills in creative, vocational and recreational activities and consider their use in treatment.

tyPiCAl Modules

level 1

• Communicationandclinical effectiveness

• PracticePlacement1

• OccupationalTherapy1

• OccupationalPerformance

• ProfessionalDevelopment

level 2




• EnablingHealthandWell-being through occupation

level 3




• ResearchProposal

• ResearchMethods


We use a variety of teaching approaches to complement and support independent learning. these include: lectures; problem-focused seminars; tutorials; discussion groups; laboratory work; experimental work; practical work with theoretical presentations; case studies; workshops; peer teaching/learning; and experiential learning.

a variety of assessment tools are used, including written examinations, essays and reports together with practical presentations. you will also be assessed on each practice placement.

eMPloyMent

you will develop a variety of transferable skills in the context of problem-focused learning and in practice placements. these include the ability to communicate effectively, identify and use resources, gather and organise information, use information technology, and work both independently and collaboratively.

CAreers

occupational therapy has developed rapidly over the past decade and there are opportunities to work in the health and social care sector with people of all ages and alltypesofdisability.Morerecently, the profession has seen rapid development in the voluntary sector, private practice, schools, prisons and industry.

Future developments are likely to be in vocational rehabilitation, medico-legal practice, forensic mental health, and health promotion.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

H

ealt

h s

cien

ces

and

so

cial

Car

e

email (full‑time enquiries): occupationaltherapy‑[email protected] email (part‑time enquiries): occupationaltherapy‑[email protected] 139

employers recognise that practice placements give students the confidence and skills required for graduate employment:

Hillingdon Association of voluntary services has been delighted to offer several Brunel students a placement in the voluntary and community sector. All placements have been first‑class and it has been great to see the individuals grow, develop and learn new skills as the placement has progressed. in the current economic conditions it is vital that students seize every opportunity to gain access to a good job when they graduate.

Ted Hil l, Hil l ingdon Associat ion of Voluntar y Ser vices

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Health

sciences an

d so

cial Care

140ContACt

Full‑time – standard entry Alan esnouf tel: +44 (0)1895 268757 email: [email protected]

Physiotherapy BSc


ABout tHe Course

this course prepares you for professional autonomy and excellence in practice. you will acquire a sound scientific foundation and develop excellent clinical skills and clinical reasoning ability, all of which are essential in order to safely and effectively treat patients.

the course aims to produce graduates with excellent communication skills who are able to function as independent clinicians and as fully interactive members of the multidisciplinary health care team.

it also provides you with the means to critically evaluate the effectiveness of your own treatments and those of others. a grounding in research methodology provides the basis for this evaluation process and also enables you to develop your own research interests at any stage of your professional career.

this Physiotherapy degree is an exciting and innovative modular programme, delivered full-time over three-years or as an accelerated part-time course over four years.

all students complete clinical education modules in excess of the 1,000 hours required by the health Professions council (hPc). Part-time students will be required to attend all placements on a full-time basis.

Please note: this course is not open to international applicants.

CliniCAl exPerienCe

all applicants are advised to thoroughly research the profession prior to applying, including a review of careers literature such as the csP website and other relevant websites/literature, as well as observational work experience.

entry CriteriA

GCe A‑level BBB including biology/human biology and a subject from our preferred list (see the web course entry for details). General studies not accepted; critical thinking accepted as 4th subject only

Advanced diploma no subjects currently accepted

BteC level 3 extended diploma ddd in health studies or sport and exercise science in conjunction with Grade B at a-level in Biology or human Biology (these qualifications do not need to have been attained at the same time)

iBdP 32 points, with at least three subjects at higher level including 5 points in higher Biology

For all of the above, 6 Gcses or equivalent at Grade c or above are also required, to include english Language,MathsandtwoSciencesubjects (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your ucas application)


a satisfactory health declaration will also be required

non-standard entrants and mature students are welcome and are considered on an individual basis. students are normally required to provide evidence of formal academic study of human Biology/Biology within the four years prior to the start of the programme. a selection of possible entry level academic qualifications is shown on the web course page


B160 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-YEARPART-TIME

nHs FundinG

nhs funding is available to cover fees for all full-time home/eu students. all full-time home students will also receive an nhs bursary which includes a means-tested maintenance grant. there are also 10 nhs funded part-time places. see the web course page for more information.

ACCreditAtion

successful completion of this course means that you will be eligible to apply for registration with the health Professions council (hPc) and the chartered society of Physiotherapy (csP), and to practise as a chartered Physiotherapist in the uk (subject to successful registration with the Vetting and Barring schemes).

Course Content

all modules are core to the curriculum, so all modules are compulsory.

details of module titles, content and delivery can be found on the Physiotherapy web course pages.


We use a variety of teaching and learning methods throughout the course including lectures, tutorials, practical sessions, study guides and computer based learning packages.

assessment will include unseen written exams, written assignments, practical exams, literature reviews and a project proposal.

CAreers

at Brunel, the Physiotherapy teaching team strongly recommend that graduates enter the nhs on qualification. the structure and breadth of the nhs offers graduates the best environment in which to further their professional development.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

H

ealt

h s

cien

ces

and

so

cial

Car

e

141

Richard graduated as a physiotherapist in 2010.

i decided to choose Brunel mainly because of the reputation of the course, but also because of the amazing facilities on site. My course was pretty intense by most standards, but it allowed me to meet some great people. All the lecturers are brilliant and, most importantly, willing to listen and admit when they are wrong (which wasn’t often!).

even though employment prospects for physiotherapists in the nHs are very competitive at the moment, i feel my time at Brunel will help put me ahead of the competition.

A passion of mine is exercise and the great gym facilities on campus allowed me to continue to work out. Along with this, probably my biggest passion is music. i held a Music Award at Brunel, which enabled me to have all my musical tuition paid for. the music life at the university is thriving with loads of choirs, both classical and contemporary, all the way to gospel. there is also a musical production once a year, which was always great fun.

Full‑time – non‑standard entry Pam shierstel: +44 (0)1895 268839 email: [email protected] Part‑time Alyson Warland tel: +44 (0)1895 268851 email: [email protected]

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Health

sciences an

d so

cial Care

142

Social Work BA

Social Work BA (Part-time Employment Route)


ABout tHe Course

this broad-based course is validated by the General social care council (Gscc) and is organised by a partnership group that includes Brunel and 10 london agencies, including a number of local authorities, the Family Welfare association, heathrow travel care and other voluntary and private agencies. the Ba is available either full-time or via a part-time employment-based route (part-time applicants must have the support of their employer).

the course aims to provide a rigorous and intellectually broadening educational experience. it will develop your understanding of theories, concepts, analytical techniques and research methods from the social sciences, and apply them to social welfare policy and practice to give you a critical understanding of social welfare.

We are one of the leading providers of university-based social work research in london. recent groundbreaking research into comparative

social work, community care, child development, and race and social work feed into our taught programmes, making them relevant and up-to-date.

MAture students

a high percentage of our intake are mature students, and these applicants are considered on an individual basis. candidates must demonstrate the capacity to undertake the academic demands of the course and have substantial and relevant work experience.

Course Content

you will work in the following fields:

• Childrenandfamilies

• Mentalhealthwork

• Olderpeople

• Illnessanddisability

tyPiCAl Modules

level 1

• SupportedLearningfor key skills

• IntroductiontoSocialWork

• SocialPolicy

• HumanDevelopment

entry CriteriA

GCe A‑level BBc, including Grade c in a social science subject (General studies not accepted; critical thinking accepted as 4th subject only)

Advanced diploma Progression diploma Grade B in society, health and development or Public services plus a c at a-level for additional and specialist learning

BteC level 3 extended diploma DDMinarelatedsubject

iBdP 30 points, including 5 points in a social science subject at higher level

Access Pass in a relevant subject (such as access to social Work or access to social sciences), including at least 65% of units withMeritorDistinction

For all of the above, 5 Gcses at Grade c or above are also required, toincludeEnglishandMaths(please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your ucas application)

Work experience all applicants for the full-time route must have at least six months’ relevant work experience – see the web course page for examples. all applicants for the employment-based route must be in paid employment in a social care setting and must have the approval and support of their employer before they apply

interview all shortlisted applicants for the full-time route sit a short written exercise and are seen in group interviews



L500 3-YEARFULL-TIME 4-YEARPART-TIME

EMPLOYMENTROUTE

ContACt

Full‑timedominic Crawford, BA social Work Programme Administratortel: +44 (0)1895 268762 email: [email protected]

• PracticeLearning1(30-day placement)

level 2

• TheoreticalPerspectivesin social Work

• SocialWork,Lawandtheenglish legal system

• Valuesandcontemporary issues

• ReflectiveSocialWork Practice


level 3

• SocialResearchMethods

• EitherChildrenand Families or community care

• SocialWorkElectives(Family Work, care Managementandnetworking, specialist therapeutic settings, Psycho-social interventions)



teaching methods combine seminars and tutorials with more formal classes. these emphasise the integration of social science subjects with professional practice and the application of theory to the analysis of social issues and problems.

assessment in practice placements is continuous and culminates in the placement report, to which both student and practice teacher contribute.

academic work is assessed through a range of assignments including tests, presentations, essays and revealed examinations.

AttendAnCe For tHe PArt‑tiMe eMPloyMent route

For the part-time employment route, the course takes place over four calendar, as opposed to academic, years, beginning in January rather than september. over university vacations, you will still be involved in both academic and practice learning. attendance at university is usually one day a week, with one and a half days a week in the autumn term of year 2. in addition, students must commit to at least eight hours a week of private study.

We recognise that students undertaking a Ba (hons) social Work while in employment face particular challenges. We therefore offer regular employee tutorial groups, and some modules are taught separately to allow employment-based students the opportunity to share expertise and seek support from each other.

over the four years, students undertake 200 days of practice learning organised by their agency. at least 115 days of this is outside of their workplace.

CAreers

the aim of this course is to produce competent practitioners who are able to work critically and professionally in combating racism, sexism and other forms of discrimination.

Manystudentswhocompletethe Ba in social Work go on to take one of our post-qualifying courses.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

H

ealt

h s

cien

ces

and

so

cial

Car

e

143

Winston returned to the UK and Brunel in 2008 to complete his Social Work degree af ter a period living abroad.

When i was first at Brunel, most of the intake comprised mature students like myself with significant previous work experience, whereas now a significant proportion are younger, many straight from A‑levels. Many of these students have much to offer a profession in need of more dedicated individuals, and my student colleagues represent a diverse and interesting group, not only in terms of their backgrounds and individual challenges, but also in relation to their insights from their own work and life experiences.

this group are a credit to Brunel along with many staff members that encourage us to challenge our world views and unlock everyone’s potential as students and future practitioners. i look forward to graduating with them before going on to develop a career in social work management.

Part‑timedr sue Hanna, BA Admissions tutor (Pt and Ft)tel: +44 (0)1895 268 824 email: [email protected]

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Health

sciences an

d so

cial Care

144

Specialist Social Work (Adults/Children and Families) BA


ABout tHe Course

this programme will develop your in-depth knowledge and understanding of a specialist area of social work, and will help you to apply this knowledge in practice.

the programme follows two pathways:

• Adults

• ChildrenandFamilies

it covers all the units of the national occupational standards for social Work in direct work with users of social care services and carers. it draws on knowledge and understanding of service users’ and carers’ issues to actively contribute to strategies and practice which promote their rights and participation, in line with the goals of choice, independence and empowerment.

you will learn to think critically about your own practice in the context of the General social care council codes, including the embedded values and national and international codes of professional

ethics and the principles of diversity, equality and social inclusion. this is related to a wide range of situations, including those associated with inter-agency and inter-professional work.

using theories, models and relevant up-to-date research, you will learn to manage your own work effectively and demonstrate a capacity to plan for, and respond to, change in organisational, inter-organisational and team contexts.

tyPiCAl Modules

the following modules are all core.

Adults Pathway

• CriticalPerspectiveson assessment and direct Work with adults (15 credits)

• SafeguardingVulnerableadults, critical decisions in Work with adults: law, Policy and Practice (15 credits)

entry CriteriA

• RecognisedSocialWorkqualification (css, cQsW or dipsW) with a minimum of 240 credits or equivalent

• Currentemploymentindirectpractice as a social worker and registration with the General social care council

candidates must provide satisfactory evidence that they are:

• suitableforpost-qualification education;

• abletoworkdirectlywithservice users including those from different backgrounds, of different ages, and with different needs;

• likelytobenefitfromthe programme;

• capableofmeetingtheassessment requirements

all candidates must be nominated and supported by their employing agency, which will undertake to provide support and appropriate learning opportunities

applicants with other qualifications and experience will be considered on an individual basis. aPl (accreditation of Prior learning) will be applied to credits gained on social work qualification courses, and will be considered on an individual basis for those who have already completed parts of the previous Post Qualifying award in social Work. the university will apply a maximum to the number of credits for which aPl will be granted. successful applicants will not be permitted to register for the Ba programme until they have gained the credits for the appropriate consolidation module as associate students, or have satisfied aPl requirements for this module

Modes oF study

2-3YEARSPART-TIME

ContACt

Keith Goodmantel: +44 (0)1895 268767 email: [email protected]

• WorkingTogethertoPromote independence, Well Being and choice: critical Perspectives onMulti-agencyWorking (15 credits)

• AssessmentofSpecialistPractice (15 credits)

• EnablingtheLearningandassessment of others

• ResearchProject(30 credits)

Children and Families

• CriticalPerspectiveson direct Work with Vulnerable children, young People and Families (15 credits)

• SafeguardingChildren,critical decisions in child care: law, Policy and Practice (15 credits)

• WorkingTogethertosafeguard children: critical Perspectives inMulti-agencyWorking (15 credits)

• AssessmentofSpecialistPractice (15 credits)

• EnablingTheLearningand assessment of others (15 credits)

• ResearchProject(30 credits)

a total of 90 credits is required for the award of the Graduate certificate in specialist social Work

a total of 120 credits is required for the award of the Ba in specialist social Work.


teaching methods include lectures, small group and large group seminar discussions, role play, videos followed by discussion, case discussions, practice assessment, tutorial support, online elearning, personal study involving directed reading and assignment preparation, and supervision by your line manager.

assessment includes a critical career review; a case study; practice assessments; and a research project.

CAreers

this programme is intended for those currently employed in direct practice as a social worker and who are already registered with the General social care council.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

H

ealt

h s

cien

ces

and

so

cial

Car

e



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Health

sciences an

d so

cial Care

146ContACt

lorina Fontaine, sCPHn Course Administratortel: +44 (0)1895 268833 email: [email protected]

Specialist Community Public Health Nursing BSc


ABout tHe Course

this statutory Body approved course is designed for those with initial nurse registration who wish to become specialist community public health nurses in one of three areas of practice:

• HealthVisiting

• Occupationalhealth nursing

• SchoolNursing

the full-time course is 52 weeks long. the part-time course involves two and a half days a week for two years, with one day a week in the university.

Health visiting develops practitioners who are proactive and innovative in the promotion of health and the prevention of ill health at the individual, group and community level, within the context of national and international considerations. you will gain specialist community Public health nursing registration with the nursing and MidwiferyCouncil(NMC).

occupational Health nursing equips you to function competently in the specialist area of occupational health. this involves responsibility for health and safety at work, risk assessment, management of occupational disease and the promotion of physical and psychological health among the workforce. you will gain specialist community Public health nursing registration with the nursing and MidwiferyCouncil(NMC).

school nursing will prepare you to lead a school nursing team of variable skill mix, to promote school health and meet the health-related needs of children and adolescents at school and their families and carers.

you will gain specialist community Public health nursing registration with the nursing and MidwiferyCouncil(NMC).

entry CriteriA

• Qualifiedfirstlevelnurse on part 1 or 2 of theNMCRegister

• 120CATscreditsatLevel1 and 120 at level 2

• Relevantpost-registrationexperience

• APL/APELavailable

Modes oF study

1-YEARFULL-TIME 2-YEARPARTTIME

apply directly to the school of health sciences and social care (see the web course page for details)

Course Content

students undertake seven modules:

• SpecialistCommunityPublic health nursing Practice

• ProfessionalPerspectivesin specialist community Public health nursing

• EvidenceBasedPracticefor Public health

• PromotingPublicHealth

• ManagementofPublichealth Practice

• OptionmoduleinTerm2

• ConsolidatedPractice


the school of health sciences and social care uses many innovative teaching and learning methods to balance professional training with academic excellence.

you will be assessed through a range of essays, projects, examinations and practice assessments. these are handed in at different stages of the year.

CAreers

around 95% of graduates annually secure employment in their chosen specialist field.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

H

ealt

h s

cien

ces

and

so

cial

Car

e

Brunel university


Rakesh is s tudying Specialis t Communit y Public Health Nursing: Occupational Health Nursing, par t - t ime.

Brunel university has provided a great opportunity for me to further my specialisation in my current area of practice. Brunel really stands out for the facilities and learning opportunities it offers. Working full‑time and studying is a hard balancing act, but the flexibility of the course and the support i receive make all the difference.

i was amazed at how easy i found it to settle into this course. My lecturers are so helpful and approachable – often they communicate with me on a one‑to‑one basis which really boosts my confidence.

i look forward to obtaining my qualification and intend to practise as a specialist occupational Health nurse, strengthening my experience in the field. i also want to study at postgraduate level, and Brunel offers some exciting courses which i may consider in the future.


school of information systems, Computing and Mathematics

InformatIon SyStemS and ComputIng

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

info

rmatio

n system

s and

Co

mp

utin

g

inforMation systeMs and CoMputingannual intake: 200

Why study InformatIon systems and ComputIng at Brunel?

★★ We have excellent links with business and lecturers often work as consultants for major blue chip companies at home and overseas. this means that the latest developments in the commercial world feed into your course, and we have more contacts to help you find jobs and work placements.

★★ the department of Information systems and Computing (dIsC) is ranked top in the country in its area in terms of “research power”, while almost 85% of the department’s research has been rated “World-leading” or “Internationally excellent”.

★★ many of our academic staff have a background in the computer industry, and practically all are involved in our application-oriented research.

Courses at a glanCe

Computer science Bsc ................................................................... page 150

Computer science (artificial Intelligence) Bsc ............................ page 150

Computer science (digital media and games) Bsc .................... page 150

Computer science (network Computing) Bsc ............................ page 150

Computer science (software engineering) Bsc .......................... page 150

Information systems Bsc ............................................................... page 152

Information systems (Business) Bsc ............................................. page 152

Information systems (eCommerce) Bsc ....................................... page 152

Information systems (human Computer Interaction) Bsc ......... page 152

Information systems (social Web) Bsc ......................................... page 152

see also:

• FinancialComputing ......................................................... page 160

• BScInformationSystems,Computingand mathematics with an Integrated foundation year ....... page 203

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

in

form

atio

n s

yste

ms

and

Co

mp

uti

ng



Neel graduated in 2009 and is moving to Seat t le for a prest igious ro le with Microsof t.

While preparing my university applications, Brunel always stood out as a leader in computing.

the quality of teaching and supervision has been second to none. there was never a time when i was unable to turn to someone for help or advice; everybody is so friendly, approachable and smart. the course content is also top notch and can easily be applied to the working world, making me more employable.

With help and encouragement from Brunel’s placement and Careers Centre, i spent my placement year with the software giant, Microsoft. i was lucky enough to spend three months working at their headquarters in seattle, and as a result of the hard work i put in, i was offered a full-time contract based in seattle, effective after my degree!

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

info

rmatio

n system

s and

Co

mp

utin

g

150ContaCt

david Williams, admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 265849 email: [email protected]

Computer Science BScCheck the web course entry for up-to-date course information and detailed entry requirements.

aBout the Course

this is an academic degree that balances theoretical concepts with practical application. you will become knowledgeable in the efficient design of software and in the modern mathematics that can be applied to all aspects of software design, development and verification.

at level 3, you can choose to specialise in artificial Intelligence, digital media and games, network Computing or software engineering, or to continue on the mainstream Computer science route.

aCCreditation

the course is accredited by the BCs – the Chartered Institute for It (formerly the British Computer society). not only does this serve as a symbol of its quality and relevance to society today, but it also leads to exemption from parts 1 and 2 of the society’s entrance examination.

the course also fully satisfies the academic requirement for registration as an Incorporated engineer (full Ieng accreditation) as well as part of the academic requirement for registration as a Chartered engineer (partial Ceng accreditation).

Course Content

level 1

level 1 establishes a firm foundation for the rest of the degree and meets the needs of students from a wide variety of backgrounds and with differing experience in computing.

typical Modules

• Level1GroupProject

• IntroductoryProgramming

• DataandInformation

• InformationSystemsand organisations

• LogicandComputation

level 2

at level 2, more emphasis is placed on judgement and evaluation skills. at the end of level 2, you will have studied foundation topics which lead into the four specialist pathways.

typical Modules


• SoftwareDevelopmentand management

• UsabilityEngineering

• Algorithmsandtheirapplications

• Networksandoperating systems

entry Criteria

gCe a-level BBC

advanced diploma progression diploma grade B in engineering, It or retail Business plus a C at a-level for additional and specialist learning (for retail Business, you must have a B at a-level in a Computing, maths or ICt subject for asl)

BteC level 3 extended diploma ddm in a related subject

iBdp 30 points

access to he diploma in a computing-related subject, with 30 credits achieved from any units awarded at merit or distinction, including 15 credits achieved at distinction

for all of the above, 5 gCses at grade C or above are also required, to include english and maths (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your uCas application)


Computer SCienCe BScG402 3-year full-tIme G407 4-year thICk-sandWICh

Computer SCienCe (ArtifiCiAl intelligenCe) BScG701 3-year full-tIme G700 4-year thICk-sandWICh

Computer SCienCe (DigitAl meDiA AnD gAmeS) BScG450 3-year full-tIme G451 4-year thICk-sandWICh

Computer SCienCe (network Computing) BScG424 3-year full-tIme G423 4-year thICk-sandWICh

Computer SCienCe (SoftwAre engineering) BScG601 3-year full-tIme G602 4-year thICk-sandWICh

the Bsc information systems, Computing and Mathematics with an integrated foundation year is available for students who do not meet the standard entry criteria listed above – see page 203 for details.

level 3

In the final year, students following one of the four pathways specialise in their chosen discipline. at the same time you will study options which allow you to broaden your understanding of computing.

If you choose one of the four specialist pathways, your final year project will be in this area.

typical Modules

three modules are core to all pathways, including mainstream Computer science:


• SoftwareProjectmanagement

• AdvancedTopicsinComputer science

students following a pathway must also take the relevant module from the list below, plus one option module. students taking mainstream Computer science select two optional modules:

• ArtificialIntelligence

• SoftwareEngineering

• NetworkComputing

• DigitalMediaandGames

teaChing and assessMent

teaching methods include lectures, laboratory work, small groups and one-to-one supervision.

assessment varies from one module to another. It may be based entirely on coursework, entirely on examination or on a combination of both.

eMployaBility

our graduates have a wide variety of computing, business and technical careers to choose from. students with ‘sandwich’ experience are particularly in demand for the better graduate appointments.

Careers

past Computer science students have gone on to work for well known companies and organisations including: accenture; Barclays; British airways; British telecom; Compaq; demon; hsBC; IBm; logica; the meteorological office; microsoft; morgan stanley; o2; orange; and toshiba.

there are openings for good honours graduates to proceed to higher degree studies in our research areas.

plaCeMents

you will have the opportunity to carry out high-quality, paid professional experience, in the uk or abroad.

students who complete the thick-sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with professional practice’.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

in

form

atio

n s

yste

ms

and

Co

mp

uti

ng

Brunel university


Mark graduated in 2010 and is now a graduate sof tware engineer in the civil ser vice, developing secure communicat ions systems for government depar tments.

Mark beat 13,000 other graduates to become one of just 100 uK finalists in the graduate 100 awards 2010 – and one of only 10 in the it and Computing category.

during his time at Brunel, he helped bring national live music tours to the students’ union for the first time in years and worked as an ambassador for both his course and the university. he also taught conflict resolution and self defence in inner city schools – using the skills he learned as a member of the Brunel Ju Jitsu club – and represented Brunel for the iBM universities Business Challenge.

he still found time to take a 14-month placement as a software engineer at Cern in geneva, and graduated with first class honours.

Mark described the nomination as a “nice surprise”, adding: “i had a really great experience at Brunel, and the academics and support staff are brilliant. i learned a lot during my time here and gained a degree i’m really proud of.”

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

info

rmatio

n system

s and

Co

mp

utin

g

152ContaCt

david Williams, admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 265849 email: [email protected]

Information Systems BScCheck the web course entry for up-to-date course information and detailed entry requirements.

aBout the Course

this is an academic degree that balances theoretical concepts with practical application. you will become knowledgeable about computing in industrial and commercial organisations and to be able to assess what computing is appropriate in a given circumstance.

at level 3, you can choose to specialise in Business, eCommerce, human Computer Interaction or social Web, or to continue on the mainstream Information systems route.

aCCreditation

the course is accredited by the BCs – the Chartered Institute for It (formerly the British Computer society). not only does this serve as a symbol of its quality and relevance to society today, but it also leads to exemption from parts 1 and 2 of the society’s entrance examination.

the course also fully satisfies the academic requirement for registration as an Incorporated engineer (full Ieng accreditation) as well as part of the academic requirement for registration as a Chartered engineer (partial Ceng accreditation).

Course Content

level 1

level 1 establishes a firm foundation for the rest of the degree and meets the needs of students from a wide variety of backgrounds and with differing experience in computing.

typical Modules


• IntroductoryProgramming

• DataandInformation

• InformationSystemsand organisations

• LogicandComputation

level 2

at level 2, more emphasis is placed on judgement and evaluation skills. you will also explore the human and organisational aspects of information.

typical Modules


• SoftwareDevelopmentand management

• UsabilityEngineering

• BusinessAnalysisandprocess modelling

• ICTsinSociety

entry Criteria

gCe a-level BBC

advanced diploma progression diploma grade B in engineering, It or retail Business plus a C at a-level for additional and specialist learning (for retail Business, you must have a B at a-level in a Computing, maths or ICt subject for asl)


iBdp 30 points

access to he diploma in a computing-related subject, with 30 credits achieved from any units awarded at merit or distinction, including 15 credits achieved at distinction

for all of the above, 5 gCses at grade C or above are also required, to include english and maths (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your uCas application)


informAtion SyStemS BScG523 3-year full-tIme G524 4-year thICk-sandWICh

informAtion SyStemS (BuSineSS) BScG5N1 3-year full-tIme G5NC 4-year thICk-sandWICh

informAtion SyStemS (eCommerCe) BScGN51 3-year full-tIme GN5C 4-year thICk-sandWICh

informAtion SyStemS (HumAn Computer interACtion) BScG444 3-year full-tIme G445 4-year thICk-sandWICh

informAtion SyStemS (SoCiAl weB) BScG590 3-year full-tIme G591 4-year thICk-sandWICh


level 3

In the final year, students following one of the four pathways specialise in their chosen discipline. at the same time you will study options which allow you to broaden your understanding of computing.

If you choose one of the four specialist pathways, your final year project will be in this area.

typical Modules

three modules are core to all pathways, including mainstream Information systems:


• SoftwareProjectmanagement

• AdvancedTopicsinInformation systems

students following a pathway must also take the relevant module from the list below, plus one option module. students taking mainstream Information systems select two optional modules:

• Business

• eCommerce

• HumanComputerInteraction

• SocialWeb

teaChing and assessMent

teaching methods include lectures, laboratory work, small groups and one-to-one supervision.

assessment varies from one module to another. It may be based entirely on coursework, entirely on examination or on a combination of both.

eMployaBility

our graduates have a wide variety of computing, business and technical careers to choose from. students with ‘sandwich’ experience are particularly in demand for the better graduate appointments.

Careers

past Computer science students have gone on to work for well known companies and organisations including: accenture; Barclays; British airways; British telecom; Compaq; demon; hsBC; IBm; logica; the meteorological office; microsoft; morgan stanley; o2; orange; and toshiba.

there are openings for good honours graduates to proceed to higher degree studies.

plaCeMents

you will have the opportunity to carry out high-quality, paid professional experience, in the uk or abroad.

students who complete the thick-sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with professional practice’.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

in

form

atio

n s

yste

ms

and

Co

mp

uti

ng

Brunel university


Whichever degree you choose – information systems or Computer science – we give you the choice to tailor your programme to your needs.

our undergraduate degrees are structured so that the first level is common to all courses. this means that you will not need to make a final decision between Computer science and information systems until the beginning of level 2. you will be able to study the fundamentals of both before specialising in one or the other.

at each level you will take part in a group project. this gives you the opportunity to acquire project management and team-working skills from an early stage.


Brunel law school

Law

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

law

lawannual intake: 190

Why study LaW at BruneL?

★★ Our students study in a vibrant and diverse academic community with lecturers and students from over 70 countries and from throughout the uK. the research of our academics influences policy within the uK and internationally and their expertise is regularly sought by policy-making bodies, government and non-government organisations and industry. Our research centres and groups attract world-renowned guest speakers.

★★ the times Good university Guide ranks Brunel sixth in London for Law.

★★ 89% of our graduates are in further training or employment. students benefit from our special arrangement with the College of Law, which guarantees graduates who achieve a lower second class degree or better a place on the College of Law’s Legal Practice Course.

★★ Work placement and work experience opportunities are available through our four-year thick sandwich route, which may be credited by the Law society against the two-year traineeship requirement.

★★ you may gain exemptions from Part 1 of the Professional examinations for the Law society and Bar Council.

★★ the university has a dedicated a law library with access to a comprehensive suite of online journals including heinOnline, Lexus-nexus and WestLaw.

★★ there is a lively academic culture with engaging extra-curricular activities including reading and film groups, a mooting team, international learning opportunities, and a vibrant and active Law society.

COurses at a GLanCe

Law LLB ........................................................................................... Page 156

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

l

aw



Kiroulus graduated in 2010.

i have developed a number of skills at Brunel, such as being able to manage a heavy workload along with a part‑time job and a social life!

i was also a member of the Brunel Mooting team that successfully reached the semi‑final of the weekly law reports Moot.

i chose Brunel for the scholarship opportunities, but more importantly for its pioneering sandwich degrees. i know that competition will be tough and so having a year’s experience makes me stand out.

i was lucky enough to have my first placement at Matrix Chambers, where i developed legal research skills and also had the chance to shadow barristers. the skills i learned helped me to achieve high grades both in coursework and exams. My second placement was at vickers & Co where i had a chance to build on my people skills, such as visiting clients, sitting in on conferences with counsel and also clerking at court.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

law

156ContaCt

admissions office, tel: +44 (0)1895 265265 email (uK and eu students): [email protected] email (international students): [email protected]

Law LLBCheck the web course entry for up‑to‑date course information and detailed entry requirements.

aBout the Course

Law is a dynamic, living subject, constantly evolving to respond with new legal solutions to contemporary problems. the Brunel Law degree is challenging and thought-provoking and offers a solid foundation in Law.

Our degree programme embraces a number of innovative approaches to law. students gain an in-depth perspective on how the law is made and on its many applications to the everyday lives of individuals and their communities.

Brunel Law school offers a variety of extra-curricular law-related activities such as reading and film groups, where students examine contemporary legal problems through the media of art, literature and philosophy, and a mooting team that competes in national competitions. Our students also engage in cross-cultural learning on study trips, most recently to China and thailand.

Course Content

all students take a core set of modules. at Level 3 you will take a number of law options and you will also study a particular area of law in depth for your major final year project.

typiCal Modules

level 1 Core

• ContractLaw

• CriminalLaw

• EnglishLegalInstitutionsand Method

• PublicLaw

level 2 Core

• EuropeanUnionLaw

• LandLaw

• TortLaw

• Trusts

level 3 Core

• MajorProject

level 3 options

the following are examples of other modules that may be available – these can change from year to year.

• BankingLaw

• ChildrenandtheLaw

• CompanyLaw

• CompetitionLaw

• ConsumerLaw

• Criminology

• EmploymentLaw

• Evidence

• FamilyLaw

• IntellectualPropertyLaw

• InternationalHumanRights

• InternationalLaw

• InternationalMinority rights

• Jurisprudence

• ModernLegalHistory

• SentencingandPenology

• Taxation

entry Criteria

GCe a‑level aaB (General studies/Critical thinking accepted as 4th subject only)

advanced diploma Progression diploma Grade a in society, health and development, Business, administration and FinanceorPublicServices,plus an a-level at Grade B in a relevant academic subject for additional and specialist Learning (extended Project Qualification in a relevant subject preferred)

BteC level 3 extended diploma d*d*d* in Business or Public services

iBdp 35 points

access Pass in Law, including distinction for all Level 3 units

Foralloftheabove,5GCSEsat Grade C or above are also required, including english (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your uCas application)


M103 3-YEARFULL-TIME M101 4-YEARTHICk-SANDWICH

teaChinG and assessMent

Our students learn through a stimulating array of lectures, seminars, private study and one-to-one supervision. the Law school strives to instil confidence in public speaking through mooting and presentations. We have a dedicated study skills tutor to ensure our students have the support and resources they need to succeed.

Law requires practitioners to have competence in the written word and our assessed and non-assessed essay assignments are designed to help you learn skills in written legal analysis and expression. all modules are assessed by essay and examination with the exception of the Major Project, a 10,000-word dissertation written in the final year.

eMployaBility

89% of our graduates are in employment or further study, progressing onto a range of professional law and law-related careers. Graduates can take advantage of the professional exemptions available with a Brunel Law degree, and train to become barristers or solicitors.

Law can also open doors to many interesting career paths such as mediation, consultancy, public administration, policy groups and think tanks, management and humanitarian aid.

regular careers events for law students are offered by the university’s award-winning Placement and Careers service.

Careers

Graduates can be found working in her Majesty’s Court service, the house of Lords,Freshfields,HardwickBarristers Chambers, the FinancialServicesAuthority,the Metropolitan Police, hewlett-Packard, rBs, PriceWaterhouseCoopers and in local authorities and law firms throughout the country.

plaCeMents

you will have the opportunity to carry out professional law placements. this will provide you with highly valued experience which allows you to sample different types of law work before making a long-term career decision.

Ifyoutakethefour-yearsandwich route, the Law society may credit your work experience against the solicitors’ two year traineeship requirement. Please note that some employers may still require you to complete the full traineeship period.

the sandwich course also gives you valuable contacts for securing traineeships.

students who complete the thick-sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with Professional Placement’.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

l

aw

Brunel university


Amina graduated in 2007 and is now a criminal law barris ter.

i owe much of my success to the renowned work placement scheme at Brunel. at first, i was unsure about whether or not i wanted to spend an extra year at university, but thank goodness i decided to! the scheme was fundamental in both my decision to become a barrister, and my ability to get to where i am now. not only does the experience look great on your Cv, but you can earn some money at the same time!

i undertook two six‑month work placements, one with a human rights law firm, and the other with revenue and Customs prosecutions office.

after graduating, i completed a further year of study at law school. following this, i gained legal experience in an international and domestic context. Most notably, i worked in the hague in the netherlands, as a member of the defence team in the trial against the ex‑president of liberia, Charles taylor – most famously known for having naomi Campbell as a witness!


school of information systems, Computing and Mathematics

MatheMatical ScienceS

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Math

ematical scien

ces

MatheMatiCal sCienCesannual intake: 210

Why study MatheMatical sciences at Brunel?

★★ the programme offers a highly flexible structure with good topic choice. you will have the opportunity to shape your degree programme to suit your own personal interests and strengths.

★★ level 1 modules are carefully designed to ease the transition to university level study.

★★ We have excellent links with business and lecturers often work as consultants for major blue chip companies at home and overseas. this means that your degree is designed to meet the needs of industry and the marketplace, the latest developments in the commercial world feed into your course, and you have greater choice and quality of professional placements.

★★ academic staff have an international reputation for research.

cOurses at a Glance

Financial computing Bsc ............................................................... Page 160

Financial Mathematics Bsc/MMath .............................................. Page 162

Mathematics Bsc/MMath .............................................................. Page 164

Mathematics and computing Bsc ................................................ Page 166

Mathematics with computer science Bsc ................................... Page 166

Mathematical and Management studies Bsc ............................. Page 168

Mathematics and statistics with Management Bsc .................... Page 168

see also:

• BScInformationSystems,Computingand Mathematics with an integrated Foundation year ....... Page 203

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

M

ath

emat

ical

sci

ence

s



Mihir s tudied Mathematics and Stat is t ics with Management.

i came to Brunel because the course included a variety of modules which i was keen to try. Brunel also offered a placement year, which many other universities did not.

the biggest challenge i faced was finding a placement during the economic downturn. the Placement and Careers Centre at Brunel was very supportive, so i didn’t give up.

My placement as a Business analyst at virgin trains was a real eye opener. i took part in numerous projects, including project managing and leading a campaign, and i had the opportunity to take part in a virgin trains advert. it taught me to get more involved and to take on new challenges.

as a student representative for the maths department, i found that issues were dealt with quickly and professionally. the lecturers make time to see you when you need advice on a module, but at the same time help you to think on your feet.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Math

ematical scien

ces

160ContaCt

Dr D roman, admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 265180 email: [email protected]

Financial Computing BScCheck the web course entry for up‑to‑date course information and detailed entry requirements.

aBout the Course

this course embraces two of the most important concepts in the modern business world – financial acumen and computer literacy.

Financial services are of key importance to the uK economy and london is a leading financial centre. On a typical day in london, there is a turnover of £500 billion in foreign exchange dealings alone, and the sector employs around 400,000 people in the city of london and over one million people in the uK as a whole.

On successful completion of this course, you will have all the relevant computing and information technology skills necessary for a career in investment banking, economics or corporate finance.

the course is a collaboration between the school of information systems, computing and Mathematics and the department of economics in the school of social sciences.

Course Content

to ensure a firm grasp of the theoretical and practical elements of financial computing, all students cover the same topics at levels 1 and 2. at level 3, you will produce a financial computing project and select from a range of option modules.

tyPiCal MoDules

level 1


• IntroductiontoFinancial accounts

• Programmingandsoftware design

• QuantitativeMethods

• BusinessStatistics

level 2



• InternetTechnologyand Website design

• Object-Orientedsoftware, systems design and applied computing Projects

• CommunicationSkillsandOperational research

entry Criteria

GCe a‑level Bcc, including at leastAS-levelMathsatGradeC

advanced Diploma Progression diploma Grade c in it or Business, administration and Finance, plusanA-levelatGradeBforadditional and specialist learning

BteC level 3 extended Diploma ddM in a related subject

iBDP 29 points

access Pass in a relevant access course, with distinctions in 30% of units and Merits in the remainder

For all of the above, 5 Gcses at Grade c or above are also required, to include english and Maths (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your ucas application)

MoDes of stuDy/ uCas CoDes

GN43 3-YEARFULL-TIME GNK3 4-YEARTHICk-SANDWICH


level 3

• FinancialComputingProject (core)

• AppliedRiskandOptimisation in Finance (core)

• DatabaseSystems:design and application

• SoftwareEngineeringMethods

• FinancialTheoryandcorporate Policy


• Managementandindustrial economics



• Managerialandindustrial economics


teaChinG anD assessMent

teaching methods include lectures, workshops, seminarsandone-to-one supervision.

the ratio of exams to coursework is approximately 50:50 in level 1, increasing to 70:30 in level 3.

eMPloyaBility

Our combination of academic and professional expertise will give you a significant advantage over those with comparable academic qualifications, especially if you have carried out a professional work placement.

Careers

Past students are now working for prestigious companies including accenture, British aerospace, British Gas, datalogic, Pricewaterhousecoopers, eds, iBM, Kodak, Marks and spencer and nissan.

Graduates have also gone on to teach and to work in research organisations or for the government, in specialist or general management roles. Many are in very senior positions. Past students have also become management or financial consultants, marketing or advertising professionals and officers in the armed services.

PlaCeMents

you have the opportunity to take a high quality, paid professional work placement year in the uK or abroad, ifyouchoosethethick-sandwich option. Brunel is ideally placed for industrial placements, being only a tube ride from the centre of london. your industrial placement could form the basis of your final year project and may lead to employment on graduation.

students who complete the thick-sandwichcoursewillbe awarded their degree ‘with Professional Practice’.

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

M

ath

emat

ical

sci

ence

s

Brunel university


Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Math

ematical scien

ces

162ContaCt


Financial Mathematics BSc/MMathCheck the web course entry for up‑to‑date course information and detailed entry requirements.

aBout the Course

Mathematics is a fundamental yet constantly developing subject. as well as being a discipline in its own right, it forms the basis of modern commercial, industrial and technological activities, and mathematical models underpin engineering, the applied sciences, computing and many aspects of management today.

this course is aimed at committed maths students who are interested in a career in the fast moving world of finance or commerce. you will gain the techniques needed to develop mathematical and statistical knowledge as well as a good awareness of financial institutions, markets and their workings.

Two-thirdsofthiscourseis shared with the Bsc in Mathematics. this covers several application areas – finance, statistics, operational research (ie how maths can be applied to commercial and industrial problems) and numerical analysis. the remaining third covers the key principles of finance.

MMath students study for a further year, bringing their degree up to Master’s level.

tyPiCal MoDules

level 1

• LinearAlgebra

• CalculusandNumericalMethods

• DiscreteMathematics,Probability and statistics



level 2

• LinearandNumericalMethods


• Statistics

• AlgebraandDiscreteMathematics



level 3 Core

• MajorProject

• StochasticModelsandMathematical Finance

• RiskandOptimisationin Finance


level 3 options

• Statistics

• Differentialandintegral equations

• NumericalandVariationalMethods for Pdes

Bsc entry Criteria

GCe a‑level BBc, including A-levelMathematicsatGradeB

advanced Diploma Progression diploma Grade B in engineering, it or Business, administration andFinance,plusA-levelMathematics at Grade c for additional and specialist learning

iBDP 30 points, including 6 points in higher Mathematics

access depending on their mathematical background, applicants will normally be expected to take the Bsc information systems, computing and Mathematics with an integrated Foundation year (see below)


Bsc MoDes of stuDy/ uCas CoDes

GN13 3-YEARFULL-TIME GND3 4-YEARTHICk-SANDWICH


level 4 (MMath only)

Master’s students will study for a further year (level 4) bringing your degree up to Master’s standard.

• AdvancedProject

• Risk,Simulationanddecision analysis


• NumericalMethodsfor risk and Finance

• StochasticPDEsanditô’s calculus

• RiskManagementand regulation


teaching methods include lectures, tutorials, computer workshopsandone-to-onesupervision.


the final year project is a substantial piece of individual work, personally supervised by a member of staff. Work on the project occupiesaboutone-thirdofthe final year study load. you will have the opportunity to explore a topic of particular interest to you in depth or work on a practical problem of your choice.

eMPloyaBility

Our graduates have excellent employment prospects. Our combination of work experienceandup-to-date teaching means that you will be well equipped to follow the career you want after graduation.

Careers



PlaCeMents

you will have the opportunity to gain professional work experience alongside experts in industry, the public sector and commerce, in the uK or overseas.

students who complete the thick-sandwichcoursewillbe awarded their degree ‘with Professional Practice’. B

ru

nel

un

iver

sit

y

Mat

hem

atic

al s

cien

ces

Brunel university


MMath entry Criteria

GCe a‑level aBc, including GradeAinA-levelMathematicsor Further Mathematics

advanced Diploma applicants should apply for the Bsc in Mathematics – those who obtain high enough grades can transfer to MMath at the end of year 2




MMath MoDes of stuDy/ uCas CoDes

GN1H 4-YEARFULL-TIME GN1J 5-YEARTHICk-SANDWICH


Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Math

ematical scien

ces

164ContaCt


Mathematics BSc/MMathCheck the web course entry for up‑to‑date course information and detailed entry requirements.

aBout the Course

Mathematics is a fundamental yet constantly developing subject. as well as being a discipline in its own right, it forms the basis of modern commercial, industrial and technological activities. Mathematical models underpin engineering, the applied sciences, computing and many aspects of management today, and students of mathematics develop an outlook and methodology that remain valuable whatever career they pursue after graduation.

Thisisaverybroad-basedcourse. you will study many aspects of pure and applied mathematics together with general ideas of mathematical modelling. the application areas will cover finance, statistics, operational research (ie how maths can be applied to commercial and industrial problems), numerical analysis and mechanics.

in the final year you will have considerable flexibility in your choice of topic. you will be able to study in depth those areas of mathematics or statistics that particularly appeal to you, or you can maintain a broad approach to the subject as a whole.

MMath students study for a further year, bringing their degree up to Master’s level.

tyPiCal MoDules

level 1

• LinearAlgebra


• MathematicalModelling

• ComputingProjectsand Mechanics


level 2


• VectorCalculusandapplications


• Statistics


• Analysis

level 3

• MajorProject(Core)

• Statistics


• ComplexVariableMethodsand applications



• EncryptionandDatacompression


Bsc entry Criteria

GCe a‑level BBB, including A-levelMathematicsatGradeB

advanced Diploma Progression diploma Grade B in engineering, it or Business, administration andFinance,plusA-levelMathematics at Grade B for additional and specialist learning




Bsc MoDes of stuDy/ uCas CoDes

G103 3-YEARFULL-TIME G104 4-YEARTHICk-SANDWICH


level 4

• AdvancedProject



• FluidMechanicsandWaves

• MathematicalStatistics

• AdvancedTopicsincombinatorics

• AdvancedTopicsin analysis


teaching methods include lectures, tutorials, computer workshopsandone-to-onesupervision.


the final year project is a substantial piece of individual work, personally supervised by a member of staff. Work on the project occupiesaboutone-thirdofthe final year study load. you will have the opportunity to explore a topic of particular interest to you in depth or work on a practical problem of your choice.

eMPloyaBility

Our graduates have excellent employment prospects. the combination of work experienceandup-to-date teaching means that you will be well equipped to follow the career you want after graduation.

Careers



PlaCeMents

you will have the opportunity to gain professional work experience alongside experts in industry, the public sector and commerce, in the uK or overseas.

students who complete the thick-sandwichcoursewillbe awarded their degree ‘with Professional Practice’. B

ru

nel

un

iver

sit

y

Mat

hem

atic

al s

cien

ces

Brunel university


MMath entry Criteria

GCe a‑level aBB, including GradeAinA-levelMathematicsor Further Mathematics

advanced Diploma applicants should apply for the Bsc in Mathematics – those who obtain high enough grades can transfer to MMath at the end of year 2




MMath MoDes of stuDy/ uCas CoDes

G100 4-YEARFULL-TIME G101 5-YEARTHICk-SANDWICH


Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Math

ematical scien

ces

166ContaCt


Mathematics and Computing BSc

Mathematics with Computer Science BScCheck the web course entry for up‑to‑date course information and detailed entry requirements.

aBout the Course

these courses are aimed at those who wish to pursue a career in information technology within industry and commerce. For Mathematics and Computing there is a 50/50 split between the two subjects, while for Mathematics with Computer science approximately two-thirdsofthecourseisdevoted to mathematical and statisticalsubjectsandone-third to computer science.

Mathematics is a fundamental yet constantly developing subject. as well as being a discipline in its own right, it forms the basis of modern commercial, industrial and technological activities, and mathematical models underpin engineering, the applied sciences, computing and many aspects of management today.

the mathematics element in these courses iswide-ranging,andisconcerned in particular with

aspects of modern algebra that are related to computer science. although theory is important, we place equal emphasis on best practice and real world applications.

tyPiCal MoDules

level 1

• LinearAlgebra


• DiscreteMathematics,Probability and statistics Programming and software design

• ComputingProjectsandMechanics (Mathematics and computing only)

• ConstructionofPrograms(Mathematics with computer science only)

level 2 Core




entry Criteria

GCe a‑level Bcc, including A-levelMathematicsatGradeB

advanced Diploma Progression diploma Grade c in engineering, it or Business, administration andFinance,plusA-levelMathematics at Grade B for additional and specialist learning





MatheMatics and coMputing BscGGC4 3-YEARFULL-TIME GG14 4-YEARTHICk-SANDWICH

MatheMatics with coMputer science BscG1GL 3-YEARFULL-TIME G1GK 4-YEARTHICk-SANDWICH


Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

M

ath

emat

ical

sci

ence

s

Brunel university


Plus, for Mathematics and Computing:

• InternetTechnologyand Website design

• ObjectOrientedSoftware,systems design and applied computing Projects

Plus, for Mathematics with Computer science:

• ModelsofComputationand systems


level 2 options

• VectorCalculusandapplications

• Statistics

• Analysis(Mathematicswithcomputer science only)

level 3


• Statistics


• ComplexVariableMethodsand applications





• DatabaseSystems:design and application

Plus, for Mathematics and Computing:



Plus, for Mathematics with Computer science:

• ComputerAlgorithmsand applications

• InteractiveSystems


teaching methods include lectures, seminars, tutorials, computer workshops and one-to-onesupervision.

the ratio of exams to coursework is approximately 60:40, although there is slightly less coursework at level 3.

the final year project is a substantial piece of individual work, personally supervised by a member of staff. Work on the project occupies about one-thirdofthefinalyearstudy load. you will have the opportunity to explore a topic of particular interest to you in depth or work on a practical problem of your choice.

eMPloyaBility

the combination of work experienceandup-to-date teaching means that you will be well equipped to follow the career you want after graduation.

you may want to pursue a career that specifically uses your mathematical, statistical or computing skills, or a more general career, such as management or consultancy.

Careers


Graduates have gone on to teach and to work in research organisations or for the government, in specialist or general management roles. Many are in very senior positions. Past students have also become management or financial consultants, marketing or advertising professionals and officers in the armed services.

PlaCeMents

you will have the opportunity to gain professional work experience alongside experts in industry, the public sector and commerce.


Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Math

ematical scien

ces

168ContaCt


Mathematical and Management Studies BSc

Mathematics and Statistics with Management BScCheck the web course entry for up‑to‑date course information and detailed entry requirements.

aBout the Course

as well as being a discipline in its own right, Mathematics forms the basis of modern commercial, industrial and technological activities, and mathematical models underpin engineering, the applied sciences, computing and many aspects of management today. these courses are designed for committed and enthusiastic students who are fascinated by both mathematics and the world of business.

Mathematical and Management studies offers a 50/50 mixture of mathematical and management material. it is distinctive from many other universities’ management courses in having a higher mathematical content as well as module flexibility. the mathematics component relates directly or indirectly to management, and the concepts of the two areas can be brought together in the final year project.

Mathematics and statistics with Management offers a broad understanding of general management and will also teach you high level skills and knowledge in Mathematics and statistics, focusing in particular on how maths can be used to solve industrial and commercial problems. Mathematics makes up betweentwo-thirdsandthree-quartersofthecourse.

tyPiCal MoDules

level 1 Core

• LinearAlgebra




level 1 options



entry Criteria

GCe a‑level Bcc, including A-levelMathematicsatGradeB

advanced Diploma Progression diploma Grade c in engineering, it or Business, administration andFinance,plusA-levelMathematics at Grade B for additional and specialist learning





MatheMatical and ManageMent studies BscGND2 3-YEARFULL-TIME GNC2 4-YEARTHICk-SANDWICH

MatheMatics and statistics with ManageMent BscG1NG 3-YEARFULL-TIME G1NF 4-YEARTHICk-SANDWICH


Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

M

ath

emat

ical

sci

ence

s

Brunel university


level 2 Core


• Statistics


level 2 options

• Analysis


• AlgebraandDiscreteMathematics analysis

• HumanResourcesManagement and its international dimension

• DevelopmentintheGlobal environment



• ManagementAccounting

• ManagingChangeandcreativity in Organisations

level 3




• Statistics






• EntrepreneurshipandSmallBusiness Management

• GenderinOrganisations

• StrategicManagement

• ManagingChangeandcreativity in Organisations

• StrategicFinancialManagement

• Ethics,Governanceand sustainability

• InnovationandknowledgeManagement

final year ProjeCt

the final year project is a substantial piece of individual work,occupyingaboutone-third of final year study.

Mathematical and Management studies students may choose a mathematical or a management project. Mathematics and statistics with Management students will have the opportunity to explore a mathematical topic of particular interest or to work on a practical problem.


teaching methods include lectures, seminars, tutorials andone-to-onesupervision.


eMPloyaBility

Our graduates have excellent employment prospects. the combination of work experienceandup-to-date teaching means that you will be well equipped to follow the career you want after graduation.

you may want to pursue a career that specifically uses your mathematical, statistical or computing skills, or a more general career, such as management or consultancy.

Careers


Graduates have gone on to teach and to work in research organisations or for the government, in specialist or general management roles. Many are in very senior positions. Past students have also become management or financial consultants, marketing or advertising professionals and officers in the armed services.

PlaCeMents

if you opt for a sandwich course, you will have the added bonus of putting your academic study into practice and developing ideas about future careers.

you will have the opportunity to gain paid, professional work experience alongside experts in prominent companies in industry, the public sector and commerce. some students areofferedfull-timegraduate posts as a result.




Mechanical engineering

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Mech

anical en

gin

eering

Mechanical engineeringannual intake: 160

Why study Mechanical engineering at Brunel?

★★ students benefit from laboratory facilities which are extensive, modern and well-equipped.

★★ We have very good links with business and industry in the uK and overseas. this means that the latest developments in the commercial world feed into your course, and we have more contacts to help you find jobs and work placements.

★★ Most academics are actively involved in cutting-edge research with collaborators including major oil companies, vehicle manufacturers and other leading industrial firms. this ensures that you are exposed to up-to-date material throughout your time at Brunel.

★★ you can enter the course on either the Meng or the Beng route. if you enter on the Beng route, you can transfer to the Meng programme at the end of level 2 by achieving the progression requirement.

cOurses at a glance

aerospace engineering Beng/Meng ............................................ Page 172

aviation engineering Beng/Meng ................................................Page 174

aviation engineering with Pilot studies Beng/Meng ..................Page 174

Mechanical engineering Beng/Meng ...........................................Page 176

Mechanical engineering with aeronautics Beng/Meng .............Page 176

Mechanical engineering with automotive design Beng/Meng .............................................Page 176

Mechanical engineering with Building services Beng/Meng .....Page 176

Motorsport engineering Beng/Meng .......................................... Page 178

see also:

• BEngEngineeringwithan integrated Foundation year ............................................ Page 202

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

M

ech

anic

al e

ng

inee

rin

g



James graduated with an MEng in Mechanical Engineering in 2010 and is now a graduate engineering manager.

During my first year i stayed in halls on campus, where i met some of the funniest people i know! it wasn’t all parties though; the course was challenging at times. i liked this as it pushed the boundaries of my knowledge, but the lecturers were always available if i didn’t understand something the first time around.

i managed to secure employment with 8build as a graduate engineering Manager and i started two weeks after my final exams finished. i’m currently working on a new, high‑end project close to Oxford street.

i would recommend a Brunel sandwich course as not only does it give you invaluable experience, but it also gives you the opportunity to meet useful contacts and potential employers!

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Mech

anical en

gin

eering

172cOntact

Mrs Petra gratton, admissions tutortel: +44 (0)1895 266633 email: me‑ug‑[email protected]

Aerospace Engineering BEng/MEng

check the web course entry for up‑to‑date course information and detailed entry requirements.

aBOut the cOurse

this specialist degree has arisen from the demand for graduates who have a rigorous and traditional academic education coupled with a well-developed appreciation of the highly technical nature of the aerospace industry. the same subjects are studied as on a general mechanical engineering course but the focus is always on the application of knowledge in the aerospace field.

accreDitatiOn

the programme is accredited by the royal aeronautical society and the institution of Mechanical engineers, which will allow you to train to become a chartered engineer in the future.

cOurse cOntent

this course delivers fundamental engineering knowledge and understanding of basic materials at levels 1 and 2. greater depth, applications and understanding of materials specific to aerospace are provided at level 3. tools for design and engineering analysis are studied at all levels.

Practical skills are developed through workshop skills and technical drawing modules. laboratory work and use of the flight simulator is introduced at level 1, then strengthened and applied.

the Meng route involves a further year of study (level 4), bringing your degree up to Master’s level. in this final year, you will develop a deeper understanding and the ability to deal with more complex applications in the aerospace field. Management and research methodologies are also explored, and skills strengthened through a major group project.

tyPical MODules

level 1

• FundamentalsofSolidBody Mechanics

• Fundamentalsofthermofluids

• AnalyticalMethodsand skills

• EngineeringMaterials,Manufacturing and electrical Machines

• Introductiontoengineering design

• AerospaceLaboratories,technical drawing and Workshop experience

Beng entry criteria

gce a‑level BBB, including both Maths and Physics (general studies not accepted; critical thinking accepted as 4th subject only)

advanced Diploma Progression diploma grade B in engineering, plus the specialist unit in Maths for engineers along with 1 as-level (excluding general studies) at grade B for additional and specialist learning

Btec level 3 extended Diploma ddd to include distinctions in Further Mathematics for technicians, and Further Mechanical Principles or equivalent

iBDP 32 points, including 5 points in both Maths and Physics at higher level

access Pass in engineering, including distinctions in all Maths and Physics units at level 3

For all of the above, 5 gcses at grade c or above are also required, to include english and Maths (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your ucas application)

Beng MODes Of stuDy/ ucas cODes

H402 3-year Full-tiMe H401 4-year thicK-sandWich


level 2


• Thermofluids

• Principlesofaircraft design

• ProfessionalEngineeringapplications and Practice

• Computing,AnalyticalMethods, control and instrumentation

level 3


• IntroductiontoAircraftdesign and application of numerical Modelling

• AircraftAirworthiness,advanced Materials and Manufacturing

• AircraftStructures,stability and control

• AircraftAerodynamics,Propulsion systems and Flight Mechanics

level 4 (Meng only)


• StrategicManagementand enterprise

• ResearchMethodologyand innovation

• DesignandAnalysisof aircraft and aerospace Vehicles

• AdvancedAerodynamics,Propulsion systems and space Mechanics

• CurrentTopicsinaerospace

teaching anD assessMent

teaching is by a mixture of lectures, laboratories, design studios and one-to-one supervision.

there are written examinations at the end of each term, but work

is also continuously assessed throughout by projects, assignments, essays, laboratory work and short tests. Project work is commonplace and is usually completed in groups to imitate the everyday experience in an engineering firm.

eMPlOyaBility

you will cultivate transferable skills throughout the programme, including communication, writing technical reports, teamwork, oral presentations and the use of engineering software.

careers

aerospace engineering graduates work in fields such as aircraft and components design and manufacture, maintenance and testing, propulsion systems, flight simulation, aviation, avionics, patent engineering, financial services, and many more.

Brunel engineering students have excellent employment opportunities – recent graduates have gone on to work for ge energy, Qinetiq group, Ford, rolls-royce aero engines, the Ministry of defence and thales.

PlaceMents

sandwich students undertake high-quality, paid work placements within prominent companies and organisations.


Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

M

ech

anic

al e

ng

inee

rin

g

Brunel university


Meng entry criteria

gce a‑level aaB, including at least grade B in both Maths and Physics (general studies not accepted; critical thinking accepted as 4th subject only)

advanced Diploma Progression diploma grade a in engineering, plus the specialist unit in Maths for engineers along with 1 as-level (excluding general studies) at grade B for additional and specialist learning

Btec level 3 extended Diploma d*d*d to include distinctions in Further Mathematics for technicians, and Further Mechanical Principles or equivalent


access applicants should apply for the Beng. those who achieve the progression requirement can transfer to the Meng at the end of level 2


Meng MODes Of stuDy/ ucas cODes



Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Mech

anical en

gin

eering

174cOntact


Aviation Engineering BEng/MEng

Aviation Engineering with Pilot Studies BEng/MEng


aBOut the cOurse

these two courses offer a greater degree of either flying training or design content, depending on whether you intend to become a professional pilot or to undertake senior engineering roles within the aviation industry.

aviation engineering with Pilot studies incorporates fundamental practice and theory, but also presents the opportunity to obtain a Private Pilot’s licence (PPl). Please note that the Pilot studies course requires an additional fee for the flying element in year 1 only – contact the admissions tutor for further details.

aviation engineering is suitable for anybody aiming for a professional engineering career, but not in a flying role. the programme integrates basic flight principles with a solid grounding in general engineering, management and operations.

Flight simulation, making extensive use

of the university’s flight simulator, is used throughout both courses.

accreDitatiOn

the programme is accredited by the royal aeronautical society and the institution of Mechanical engineers, which will allow you to train to become a chartered engineer in the future.

cOurse cOntent

at level 1, all students will study for the ground examinations for the european Private Pilot’s licence. Pilot studies students will also complete the flying training elements of the uK national Private Pilot’s licence.

at levels 2 and 3, opportunities exist for Pilot studies students to work towards the european Jar-Fcl Private Pilot’s licence, possibly with the addition of either a night Qualification or an instrument Meteorological conditions (iMc) rating.

Beng entry criteria

gce a‑level BBc, including at least grade c in both Maths and Physics (general studies not accepted; critical thinking accepted as 4th subject only)

advanced Diploma Progression diploma grade B in engineering, plus the specialist unit in Maths for engineers along with 1 as-level (excluding general studies) at grade c for additional and specialist learning

Btec level 3 extended Diploma ddM to include distinctions in Further Mathematics for technicians, and Further Mechanical Principles or equivalent





AviAtion EnginEEring BEngHH4C 3-year Full-tiMe HHC4 4-year thicK-sandWich

AviAtion EnginEEring with Pilot StudiES BEngH1HK 3-year Full-tiMe H4H1 4-year thicK-sandWich


tyPical MODules

level 1




• AircraftGroundTheoryand design Project (aviation engineering only)

• AircraftGroundTheoryand Flying Practice (Pilot studies only)


• AerospaceLaboratories,technical drawing and Workshop experience

level 2


• Thermofluids

• Performanceandcontrol of aircraft

• Principlesofaircraft design


level 3


• FlightTestingandPropulsion systems

• AviationManagement,safety and ethics

• Airworthiness,aerospace Business and advanced Materials and Manufacturing

• AirportEnvironmentand design (Beng)

• EngineeringSystemsdesign and numerical Modelling (Meng)

level 4 (Meng only)




• AdvancedAerodynamics,Propulsion systems and space Mechanics

• CurrentTopicsinaerospace

• AircraftOperations



there are written examinations at the end of each term, and you will also undertake projects, assignments, essays, laboratory work and short tests.

eMPlOyaBility

graduates can enter almost any professional aerospace career, for example as an aeronautical engineer, commercial or military pilot, air traffic controller or aeronautical researcher.

careers

graduates have gone on to work for organisations including the raF, the Ministry of defence, ge energy, Qinetiq group and Marshall aerospace.

PlaceMents

We have very good links with local and international businesses, and furthermore, Brunel is situated only five miles from heathrow airport.


Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

M

ech

anic

al e

ng

inee

rin

g

Brunel university


Meng entry criteria

gce a‑level aBB, including grade B in both Maths and Physics (general studies not accepted; critical thinking accepted as 4th subject only)

advanced Diploma Progression diploma grade a in engineering, plus the specialist unit in Maths for engineers along with 1 as-level (excluding general studies) at grade c for additional and specialist learning

Btec level 3 extended Diploma d*dd to include distinctions in Further Mathematics for technicians, and Further Mechanical Principles or equivalent





AviAtion EnginEEring MEngHH41 4-year Full-tiMe HH14 5-year thicK-sandWich

AviAtion EnginEEring with Pilot StudiES MEngH1H4 4-year Full-tiMe H1HL 5-year thicK-sandWich


Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Mech

anical en

gin

eering

176cOntact


Mechanical Engineering BEng/MEng

Pathways: Aeronautics Automotive Design Building Services


aBOut the cOurse

Brunel’s Mechanical engineering programmes cover all the fundamental elements of mechanical engineering and design. they provide a background in related fields such as computing, electronics, electrical engineering, control, energy and environment as well as elements of management, finance and law.

We also offer three pathways that allow you to specialise at level 3 in the fields of aeronautics and aerospace, automotive design, or building services engineering.

accreDitatiOn

these programmes are accredited by the institution of Mechanical engineers (iMeche), and provide a fast-track route to train to become a chartered engineer in the future.

cOurse cOntent

levels 1 and 2 are common to all the Mechanical engineering courses. if

you progress to an Meng programme you will, in addition, take level 4, which represents one further year of study.

tyPical MODules

level 1






• MechanicalLaboratories,technical drawing and Workshop experience

level 2


• Thermofluids



• DesignandAnalysisof Mechanical systems and components

Beng entry criteria








MEchAnicAl EnginEEring BEngH303 3-year Full-tiMe H304 4-year thicK-sandWich

MEchAnicAl EnginEEring with AEronAuticS BEngH3HL 3-year Full-tiMe H3HK 4-year thicK-sandWich

MEchAnicAl EnginEEring with AutoMotivE dESign BEngH330 3-year Full-tiMe H342 4-year thicK-sandWich

MEchAnicAl EnginEEring with Building SErvicES BEngH3KF 3-year Full-tiMe H3K2 4-year thicK-sandWich


Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

M

ech

anic

al e

ng

inee

rin

g

Brunel university


Meng entry criteria








MEchAnicAl EnginEEring MEngH301 4-year Full-tiMe H302 5-year thicK-sandWich

MEchAnicAl EnginEEring with AEronAuticS MEngHH34 4-year Full-tiMe HHH4 5-year thicK-sandWich

MEchAnicAl EnginEEring with AutoMotivE dESign MEngH320 4-year Full-tiMe H321 5-year thicK-sandWich

MEchAnicAl EnginEEring with Building SErvicES MEngHK22 4-year Full-tiMe HKF2 5-year thicK-sandWich


level 3


• Fundamentalsandapplications of numerical Modelling

• Businessandtheenvironment

• AircraftStructures,stability and control (core aeronautics)

• AircraftAerodynamics,Propulsion systems and Flight Mechanics (core aeronautics)

• AnalysisofVehiclestructures (core automotive design)

• VehicleAerodynamicsand internal combustion engines (core automotive design)

• HVACSystems(CoreBuilding services)

• ElectricalSystemsfor Buildings (core Building services)

Mainstream Mechanical engineering students can choose level 3 option modules from those listed as core for the three pathways.

level 4 (Meng only)




• AdvancedModellingand design

• AdvancedThermofluids

• AdvancedSolidBody Mechanics



there are written examinations at the end of each term, but you will also undertake projects, assignments, essays, laboratory work and short tests.

eMPlOyaBility

the range of industries in which our graduates choose to work is vast, and includes: aviation and avionics; automotive design and manufacture; building services engineering; cad; electronics; gas and water supply; mining and mineral processing; nuclear power; tV production; accountancy; banking; patent engineering; financial consultancy; the police; the armed forces; and the national health service.

careers

recent graduates have gone on to work for prestigious companies such as Vodafone, Qinetiq group, Ford, delphi, glaxosmithKline, ge energy, the home Office and thales.

some of our graduates go directly into research, leading to the award of a Phd, whilst others spend several years in industry first.

PlaceMents

sandwich students undertake high-quality, paid work placements within prominent companies and organisations.


Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Mech

anical en

gin

eering

178cOntact


Motorsport Engineering BEng/MEng


aBOut the cOurse

this specialist degree has arisen from the demand in the motorsport industry for graduates who have a rigorous and traditional academic education coupled with a well-developed appreciation of the highly competitive and commercial nature of this fast-moving industry.

students have the opportunity to be part of the Brunel racing team, which involves designing, building and competing a high-spec racing car. at the 2009 Formula student uK competition, held at silverstone, Brunel was sixth out of 87 international student teams.

accreDitatiOn

the programme is accredited by the institution of Mechanical engineers (iMeche), which will allow you to train to become a chartered engineer in the future.

cOurse cOntent

the mechanical engineering subjects studied have a strong flavour of motorsport in their application. level 3 modules are specific to motor racing engineering.

tyPical MODules

level 1






• MotorsportLaboratories,technical drawing and Workshop experience

level 2


• Thermofluids



• PrinciplesofVehicleDesign

level 3


• AnalysisofVehiclestructures

• RacingVehicleDesignand Performance

• NumericalModelling,racing legislation, Finance and sponsorship

• RacingVehicleaerodynamics and internal combustion engines

Beng entry criteria










Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

M

ech

anic

al e

ng

inee

rin

g

Brunel university


Meng entry criteria










level 4 (Meng only)


• RacingTeamManagementand Vehicle testing


• AdvancedVehicledynamics

• ICEngines,Materialsand Manufacturing

• AdvancedThermofluids

• AdvancedSolidBody Mechanics



there are written examinations at the end of each term, and you will also undertake projects, assignments, essays, laboratory work and short tests. Project work is usually completed in groups to imitate the everyday experience in an engineering firm.

eMPlOyaBility

this degree is very popular in industry and consequently our graduates have a good employment record.

the uK is one of the world leaders in motorsport technology in all its forms, from Formula One racing and rally driving through to go-karts. in the most recent Mia national survey, the industry in this country employed over 40,000 people (25,000 of whom were engineers), and achieved a turnover of nearly £5 billion.

some of our graduates go directly into research, leading to the award of a doctor of Philosophy degree (Phd), whilst others spend several years in industry first.

careers

a number of Brunel graduates are currently working in motorsport or related engineering companies, some holding very senior positions. Many keep in touch with Brunel, giving you potential access to future employers.

destinations have included Force india F1, lotus, triumph Motorcycles, ricardo, cummins and Perkins engines.

PlaceMents

you have the option to spend a year working in motorsport or a related industry between levels 2 and 3. this significantly enhances your cV, and increases your network of contacts.




Politics, History and international relations

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Politics, H

istory an

d in

ternatio

nal r

elation

s

Politics, History and international relationsannual intake: 145

Why study Politics, history and international relations at Brunel?

★★ our courses are designed and taught by academics who have been nationally and internationally recognised for the excellence of their research.

★★ students have easy access to a wealth of research resources in london, for example national and international museums, galleries, libraries (including the British newspaper library) and the Public records office, which contain a wealth of information on social and economic history in Britain and europe.

★★ We offer the opportunity to study for an academic year at the state university of new york at Brockport, which includes work placement opportunities in Washington or albany. We also run exchange schemes in the socrates and erasmus Programmes with a number of european universities.

courses at a Glance

history Ba....................................................................................... Page 182

history honours degree combinations ........................................ Page 183

Politics Bsc ...................................................................................... Page 184

international Politics Bsc............................................................... Page 184

Politics honours degree combinations ........................................ Page 185

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

P

olit

ics,

His

tory

an

d in

tern

atio

nal

rel

atio

ns



Safa is a third year Poli t ics and Economics student.

i chose to come to Brunel because i wanted more from university than just a degree – i wanted to be in an environment of opportunity. the campus is so vibrant and there is such a rich selection of clubs and societies here that it is difficult not to get involved!

studying Politics and economics has engaged me in lively debate, group work, critical analysis and has given me the ability to better understand the complex world around me. i have enjoyed rewarding responsibilities such as playing on the tennis team and being the club’s treasurer as well as acting as a student representative for the last two years.

When it comes to deciding what to do after university, the careers service here are on hand with an abundance of resources and advice. i spent my first summer holiday at Goldman sachs where i gained an invaluable insight into investment banking. More recently, i completed a summer internship at JPMorgan on their emerging markets trading desk – a challenging experience and incredible fun.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Politics, H

istory an

d in

ternatio

nal r

elation

s

182contact

dr niall Palmer, admissions tutorJanet Burton, undergraduate admissions administrator tel: +44 (0)1895 265961 email: [email protected]

History BA


aBout tHe course

the history programme introduces you to the study of societies in the past, looking at the history of Britain, europe and the wider world in the modern period.

through an examination of life as it was lived in the past, you will begin to understand both how different the past is from the present and also the connections between present and past events. distinctive for its wide-ranging approach, the course covers a range of historical perspectives, including economic, social, political, intellectual and cultural.

course content

you can choose from a wide selection of modules each of which may have a discrete emphasis or may weave one or more historical perspectives together.

tyPical Modules

Please note that module availability is subject to change.

level 1 core

• Sources,Methodsand Perspectives in World history

• USHistoryfromthe1850s to the 1980s

• Britain,1707-1939

• Europesince1870

• TheHistoryoftheamericas: conquest and colonisation

level 1 options

• CentralThemesinPolitical thought

• ModernBritishPolitics

• Introductiontoamerican Politics

• IntroductiontoWorld Politics

level 2 core

• USForeignPolicyfromWorld War 2 to the end of the cold War

• Labour,RaceandGender in the united States,1776-1920

• TheBirthofIndustrialBritain,1750-1850

level 2 options

• TotalWarintheModernEra

• Asia-PacificInternationalrelations


• TheHolocaust

level 3 core

students produce a 12,000 word dissertation on a subject of their choice, with the support of a dissertation tutor.

entry criteria

Gce a‑level Bcc, including Grade c in history or a related subject

advanced diploma Progression diploma Grade c in creative andMedia,Society,Healthanddevelopment, Public services or Business, administration and Finance,plusA-levelHistoryora related subject at Grade B for additional and specialist learning


iBdP 29 points

access Pass, including at least 50% ofunitswithMeritorDistinction

Foralloftheabove,5GCSEsat Grade c or above are also required, to include english (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your ucas application)

Modes of study/ ucas codes

History BAV100 3-YEARFULL-TIME V101 4-year thick-sandWich

Politics And History Bsc LVG1 3-YEARFULL-TIME LVF1 4-year thick-sandWich

level 3 options

• AustraliaandtheModernWorld

• TheArab-IsraeliConflict

• MonstrosityinPolitical thought and literature, 1500-1900

• IndiaandtheWorld:theinternational relations of a rising Power

• Fascism

• TheSecondWorldWar

• Media,PoliticsandPower in america

teacHinG and assessMent

teaching is by a mixture of lectures, seminars and one-to-one supervision. you may also benefit from external visits to political sites.

Mostmodulesareassessedby a combination of coursework and formal written exams. typically, coursework marks constitute 25-50% of overall module grades.

eMPloyaBility

you will develop transferable skills in communication, report writing, it and presentations, equipping you well for your subsequent career.

Forstudentsinterestedin media and journalism, there is a students’ union radio station and magazine where you can develop your news-writing, presentation or production skills.

careers

Past students have become managers in retail and industry, chartered accountants, chartered surveyors, journalists, bankers, civil servants, teachers, lawyers, it and business consultants and researchers, to name justafewareas.Manyalso undertake further study in order to become specialists in a given field.

PlaceMents

students who complete the four-year thick-sandwich course including an integrated work placement will be awarded their degree ‘with Professional development’.

History Honours deGree coMBinations


Politics and History Bsc

Gce a‑level Bcc, including Grade c in history (please notethatGCSEMathsisalso required for Politics combinations) refer to Politics, page 185

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

P

olit

ics,

His

tory

an

d in

tern

atio

nal

rel

atio

ns

Brunel university


Brunel’s History students are the most satisfied with the overall quality of their course in the uK, according to the national student survey for 2010.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Politics, H

istory an

d in

ternatio

nal r

elation

s

184contact

dr niall Palmer, admissions tutorJanet Burton, undergraduate admissions administrator tel: +44 (0)1895 265961 email: [email protected]

Politics BSc

International Politics BSc


aBout tHe course

Politics is a broad-based degree which provides a good foundation in the various aspects of the study of politics. it offers a grounding in different approaches and theories, as well as a range of options that focus on european, american and international politics, and political change.

international Politics focuses on politics in an international context, and will develop your understanding of the importance of politics in a globalising and integrating world.

tyPical Modules

Please note that module availability is subject to change. check the web course pages for typical optional modules at levels 2 and 3.

level 1

• PoliticalScienceMethods(Core)

• CentralThemesinPolitical thought (core)

• IntroductiontoWorldPolitics (core)

• IntroductiontoAmericanPolitics (core)

• ModernBritishPolitics(core Politics)

• Europesince1870(Coreinternational Politics)

• Sources,Methodsand Perspectives in World history (core international Politics)

Politics students can also choose one from:

• Europesince1870

• Britain1707-1939

level 2 core

• ComparativePolitics


• TotalWarintheModernEra

• USForeignPolicy:World War 2 to the end of the cold War (core international Politics only)

level 3 core

• Dissertation

• EuropeanUnionPolitics:Problems and Prospects

• GlobalisationandGovernance (core international Politics only)

students also produce a 12,000 word dissertation on a subject of their choice, with the support and supervision of a dissertation tutor.

entry criteria

Gce a‑level Bcc

advanced diploma Progression diploma Grade c in creative andMedia,Society,Healthanddevelopment, Public services or Business, administration andFinance,plusanA-levelat Grade B for additional and specialist learning


iBdP 29 points

access Pass, including at least 50% ofunitswithMeritorDistinction

Foralloftheabove,5GCSEsatGrade c or above are also required, toincludeEnglishandMaths(please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your ucas application)

Modes of study/ ucas codes

Politics Bsc L200 3-YEARFULL-TIME L202 4-year thick-sandWich

internAtionAl Politics Bsc L240 3-YEARFULL-TIME L241 4-year thick-sandWich

Politics And economics Bsc LLC2 3-YEARFULL-TIME LL12 4-year thick-sandWich

Politics And History Bsc LVG1 3-YEARFULL-TIME LVF1 4-year thick-sandWich

Politics And sociology Bsc LLH2 3-YEARFULL-TIME LL23 4-year thick-sandWich

teacHinG and assessMent

teaching is by a mixture of lectures, seminars and one-to-one supervision. you may also benefit from external visits to political sites.

Mostmodulesareassessedby a combination of coursework and formal written exams. typically, coursework marks constitute 25-50% of overall module grades.

eMPloyaBility

our students pursue a wide variety of jobs after graduating. studying politics will equip you with a range of transferable skills in communication, report writing, it and presentations, that will enable you to follow the career you want.

careers

some Brunel graduates suchasJohnMcDonnellMP,orformerLabourpartygeneral secretary Baroness McDonagh,optforcareersin politics. others have joinedtheForeignandcommonwealth office, the home office, the civil service, GchQ and military intelligence.

Manyhavegoneontowork in public and private sector organisations, such asChaseManhattan,Marksand spencer, British airways and the nhs confederation, or major financial accountancy firms such as Pricewaterhousecoopers. significant numbers have

taken further training to pursue careers in law, teaching, management, marketing, broadcasting and journalism, including with the BBc and Granada.

PlaceMents

students on the thick-sandwich course take a one-year, professional work placement. Past students have worked for the home office, the treasury and the houses of Parliament and for organisations such as epolitix.com and Politics international.


Politics Honours deGree coMBinations


Politics and economics Bsc

Gce a‑level BBc, including GradeCinMaths/Statistics at at least as-level refer to economics, page 122

Politics and History Bsc

Gce a‑level Bcc, including Grade c in history refer to history, page 182

Politics and sociology Bsc

Gce a‑level Bcc refer to sociology, page 194

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

P

olit

ics,

His

tory

an

d in

tern

atio

nal

rel

atio

ns

Brunel university


Brunel’s location on the edge of West london puts us within easy reach of Westminster and Whitehall, so you can take advantage of the best work placements, research opportunities and site visits.



Psychology

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Psycho

log

y

PsychologyAnnual intake: 203

Why study Psychology at Brunel?

★★ Brunel Psychology degrees provide graduate basis for registration and membership with the British Psychological society (assuming a 2.2 or above is achieved). this can be important as an entry qualification for postgraduate professional training in psychology.

★★ a full range of laboratory and technical facilities is used in the teaching of experimental psychology, including brain imaging facilities (fMrI, eeg), psychophysics, eye tracking and the use of information technology.

★★ all of our academic staff are actively engaged in research and many have international reputations in their field.

★★ our courses will help you to develop specific skills in the practical methods associated with your discipline. We take particular pride in both the quality of our teaching and the extensive pastoral care of our students.

courses at a glance

Psychology Bsc ............................................................................... Page 188


• PsychologyandAnthropologyBSc .................................. Page 189

• PsychologyandSociologyBSc ......................................... Page 189

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

Ps

ych

olo

gy



Kiran’s Psychology degree provided vital sk il ls and insights for her career in the UK Border Agency.

i am a border force officer and work for the uK Border Agency at heathrow Airport terminal 5. i am responsible for processing passengers arriving into the united Kingdom.

My Brunel Psychology degree covered many interesting modules, as well as giving me the opportunity to complete two six-month work placements. the placements were invaluable as they gave me the competencies i needed for my current job, including good communication skills.

the course gave me a great insight into human behaviour, something which is a key concept in my job. i meet and interview people from various backgrounds every day, and my course has allowed me to make well-judged decisions.

i chose Brunel because it is a multicultural university and offered the best course modules for my career choice.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Psycho

log

y

188contAct

Dr gustav Kuhn, Admissions tutorJanet Burton, undergraduate Admissions Administrator tel: +44 (0)1895 265961 email: [email protected]

Psychology BSc

check the web course entry for up-to-date course information and detailed entry requirements.

ABout the course

the Psychology courses at Brunel emphasise the every day and real-life significance of psychology by encouraging you to explore the relationship between the practical and theoretical aspects of the subject, both through your academic study and your work placements.

Psychology is often defined as the study of behaviour and of the mind. this degree ensures that you gain an understanding of the breadth and diversity of the discipline. at the same time, as you progress through the course and discover the areas which interest you the most, it becomes increasingly possible to specialise, through both our work placement system and your selection of modules.

Brunel’s courses in Psychology, Psychology and sociology, and Psychology and anthropology give graduates the basis for registration by the British Psychological society, provided the minimum of a second class honours is achieved.

tyPicAl MoDules

level 1 core

• FoundationsofPsychology 1: learning and social Psychology

• FoundationsofPsychology2: applied Psychology

• FoundationsofPsychology3: Brain and cognition

• StatisticsandResearchMethods 1

• StatisticsandResearchMethods 2

• Individualandsocial Processes

level 2

• AdvancedResearchMethods

• AdvancedDataAnalysis

• DevelopmentalPsychology

• SocialPsychology

• IndividualDifferences

• BiologicalPsychology

level 3 core

• Dissertation(individualsupervision on a topic of your choosing)

level 3 options

students take four optional modules, at least three of which should be from the following list.

the fourth option may be an approved non-Psychology module within the school of social sciences.

• Inter-GroupRelations

• TherapeuticApproachesin clinical Psychology and Mental health

• IntroductiontoCognitiveneuroscience

• AutisticSpectrumDisorder

entry criteriA

gce A-level BBB (general studies not accepted; critical thinking accepted as 4th subject only)

Advanced Diploma Progression diploma grade B in society, health and development plus an a-level at grade B for additional and specialist learning

Btec level 3 extended Diploma ddd in a related subject

iBDP 32 points

Access Pass, including at least 65% of level 3 credits with distinction and the rest with Merit

Foralloftheabove,5GCSEsatgrade c or above are also required, to include english and Maths at grade B or above and science at grade c (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your ucas application)

MoDes of stuDy/ ucAs coDes

Psychology BscC801 3-YEARFULL-TIME C800 4-year thIn-sandWIch

Psychology AND ANThRoPology BscLC68 3-YEARFULL-TIME LC6V 4-year thIn-sandWIch

Psychology AND socIology BscCL8H 3-YEARFULL-TIME CL83 4-year thIn-sandWIch

• EvolutionaryPsychology

• Psychologyofconsciousness

• Drugs,Hormonesand the Brain

• HealthPsychology

teAching AnD AssessMent

teaching methods include tutorials, seminars, laboratory classes and integrated or formal lectures.

students are assessed using a range of methods, including coursework assignments, poster presentations, oral presentations and seen and unseen examinations.

eMPloyABility

the course offers a rounded educational package, including the development of transferable skills.

emphasis is on ‘learning by doing’. rigorous training is provided in a range of methodologies and research skills appropriate to psychology.

students will gain a grounding in new information and communications technologies. these are valuable skills, no matter which career you hope to pursue.

cAreers

With a good degree in psychology, you may go on to train as a clinical, educational, occupational or forensic psychologist. other careers include work

with adults or children with disabilities, counselling, personnel management, market research and advertising, prison and probation work, speech and language therapy and psychological research. Psychology degrees are also valued by business and other employers.

PlAceMents

Professional work placements are integral to the four-year sandwich course, and allow you to develop invaluable skills in a prominent organisation. students benefit from our excellent links with external organisations.

students who complete the thin-sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with Professional development’.

Psychology honours Degree coMBinAtions


Psychology and Anthropology Bsc

gce A-level BBB refer to anthropology, page 60

Psychology and sociology Bsc

gce A-level BBB refer to sociology, page 194

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

Ps

ych

olo

gy

Brunel university


the skills and confidence demonstrated by Brunel’s Psychology students often mean that they are in great demand with work placement employers:

fairplace have taken four students on placement from Brunel’s Psychology courses and i have been consistently impressed by the calibre of the candidates interviewed. confident, proactive and well-organised, they have all been able to make a real contribution during their placements.

overall the suitability and performance of the students we have taken on has been outstanding and i would have no hesitation in welcoming any of them back.

Helen Menhenet t, Fairp lace



Sociology and communicationS

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

socio

log

y and

Co

mm

un

ication

s

soCiology and CommuniCations annual intake: 140

Why study sociology and communications at Brunel?

★★ We have an international reputation for research and excellence in teaching, with particular expertise in areas such as globalisation and social transformation, the sociology of leisure and urban spaces, the politics of popular culture, television and media audiences, the public sphere, media discourse, health and the politics of protest, multiculturalism, race and ethnicity.

★★ our courses are multi-disciplinary and flexible – you will have the option to take modules in other social sciences subjects.

★★ Professional work placements are integral to the course, and allow you to develop invaluable skills in a variety of organisations.

★★ communications and media studies students have access to video recording equipment, a number of industry standard aVid video editing suites and ample it facilities.

courses at a glance

communications and media studies Bsc ..................................... Page 192

sociology Bsc ................................................................................. Page 194


• AnthropologyandSociologyBSc .................................... Page 195

• PoliticsandSociologyBSc ................................................ Page 195

• PsychologyandSociologyBSc ......................................... Page 195

• SociologyandMediaStudiesBSc .................................... Page 195B

ru

nel

un

iver

sit

y

so

cio

log

y an

d C

om

mu

nic

atio

ns



Amanda graduated in 2009 in Communicat ion and Media Studies and has secured a graduate t raining role at Harrods.

i chose Brunel due to its excellent reputation and the fantastic student facilities that it has to offer. the course drew on a number of academic disciplines, including sociology and anthropology, to present a well rounded analysis of the media and its effects on society at large.

my final year was the most challenging, as i wanted to secure a graduate job on top of studying for my degree. the Placement and Careers Centre was particularly useful in giving me advice, from writing my Cv to preparing for job interviews. i can honestly say that the support i received from Brunel played a great part in helping me to secure my place on a graduate training scheme at Harrods.

above all, i am impressed at how Brunel aims to help students from all backgrounds to achieve their full potential.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

socio

log

y and

Co

mm

un

ication

s

192ContaCt

dr sharon lockyer, admissions tutorJanet Burton, undergraduate admissions administrator tel: +44 (0)1895 265961 email: [email protected]

Communication and Media Studies BSc


aBout tHe Course

as a student on this course, you will learn, both theoretically and via hands-on experience, how the communication and information media work. you will be encouraged to link the theoretical and practical parts of the course as you engage in a broad-ranging sociological study of the contemporary media.

this course enjoys a very close relationship with sociology at Brunel, and particular attention is paid to the social and cultural dimensions of the media, and especially to the social and cultural consequences of new communication and information technologies.

this is a broad-based degree which offers students the opportunity to specialise in areas of particular interest, for example in the social impact of the internet and of other information and communications technologies, media discourse, media policy and regulation.

Course Content

level 1 combines a foundation in the theories and methods of the social sciences with hands-on experience in video production. level 2 provides more sophisticated modules in the sociology of culture, communications and media, and at level 3 you can choose from a wide range of options based on the research interests of teaching staff. your final project may be based on practical video production.

tyPiCal modules

level 1

• Introductiontomedia studies

• Media,CultureandSociety

• IntroductiontoVideo Production

• IntroductiontoSocialand cultural research

• Introductiontosocial enquiry


level 2

• VideoProduction

• ResearchinPractice

entry Criteria

gCe a‑level Bcc

advanced diploma Progression diploma grade c in creative and media or society, health and development, plus an a-level at grade B for additional and specialist learning


iBdP 29 points

access Pass, including at least 50% of units with merit or distinction

For all of the above, 5 gcses at grade c or above are also required, to include english (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your ucas application)

modes of study/ uCas Codes

CommuniCation and media StudieS BScPP93 3-year Full-time P910 4-year thin-sandWich

SoCiology and media StudieS BScLP33 3-year Full-time LP39 4-year thin-sandWich

• MediaGenresandSociety

• GlobalCommunication

• SociologyofEverydaylife: issues in contemporary culture

Plus 20 credits from:

• Ethnographyofthecontemporary World

• Media,Cultureandrepresentation

• SocialDivisions:Differenceand resistance

• WorkandSociety

level 3

• AdvancedVideoProduction: Film, horror and the imagination

• UnderstandingAudiences

• TheAgeofNewMedia

• CityLives:Bodies,Spacesand social interactions

• TelevisionStudies

• Comedy,Cultureand the media

• Crime,Devianceand addiction

• HealthandtheNewPolitics of Protest

• Multiculturalism

• PopularMusicandPopular culture

teaCHing and assessment

the course is taught through a mixture of lectures, seminars, tutorials, practical laboratory sessions and small group projects.

students are assessed using a range of methods, including coursework assignments, poster presentations, and seen and unseen examinations.

emPloyaBility

students will gain a grounding in new information and communications technologies as well as a range of transferable skills that are useful in the workplace.

rigorous training is provided in methodologies and research skills.

Careers

you can enter a wide variety of careers ranging from public relations and corporate communications to research and production work for video and television companies.

PlaCements

We offer high-quality work placements and students benefit from our links with external organisations. Past placements have included work in tV, film and video production, advertising, the music business, local radio and public relations.


media studies Honours degree ComBinations


sociology and media studies Bsc

gCe a‑level Bcc refer to sociology, page 194

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

s

oci

olo

gy

and

Co

mm

un

icat

ion

s

Brunel university


a group of third year Communication and media studies students filmed and edited a production using high definition cameras.

their brief was to produce a 10‑minute horror film, and over the course of 12 weeks they learned how to use professional camera and editing equipment, and how to output their finished piece to Blu‑ray disc.

these films were screened at the uxbridge odeon as part of an end of year celebration of student work.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

socio

log

y and

Co

mm

un

ication

s

194ContaCt

dr sharon lockyer, admissions tutorJanet Burton, undergraduate admissions administrator tel: +44 (0)1895 265961 email: [email protected]

Sociology BSc


aBout tHe Course

sociologists are concerned with developing theories that explain the changing nature of social behaviour in their own and other societies. the earliest sociologists tried to understand the major issues of their time – poverty, unemployment, social conflict, and the consequences of rapid and profound industrial and economic change. sociologists today continue to examine how such social issues are redefined by contemporary processes of individualisation, globalisation and the rapid growth of new forms of communication.

Within this broad framework, a central theme of sociology at Brunel is the study of the development of techno-cultural phenomena such as technology and environmental issues, which straddle traditional conceptual distinctions between the social, the natural, the technical and the material.

Course Content

this course provides a stimulating and wide-ranging introduction to the theories, methods and findings of sociology and social theory, and offers opportunities for specialisation in areas

such as health and illness, deviance, social theory and philosophy, the media and culture, race and the sociology of urban spaces.

tyPiCal modules

level 1

• Media,CultureandSociety

• IntroductiontoSocialand cultural research

• Introductiontosocial enquiry

• IntroductiontoSociology

• Globalisation


level 2

• ResearchinPractice

• SocialDivisions

• WorkandSociety

• SociologyofEverydaylife: issues in contemporary culture

• MediaGenresandSociety

Plus 20 credits from:

• Media,Cultureandrepresentation

• Ethnographyofthecontemporary World

level 3

• CityLives:Bodies,Spacesand interaction

• TelevisionStudies

• Comedy,Cultureand the media

• UnderstandingAudiences

entry Criteria

gCe a‑level Bcc

advanced diploma Progression diploma grade c in society, health and development, plus an a-level at grade B for additional and specialist learning


iBdP 29 points

access Pass, including at least 50% of units with merit or distinction

For all of the above, 5 gcses at grade c or above are also required, to include english (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your ucas application)

modes of study/ uCas Codes

SoCiology BScL301 3-year Full-time L300 4-year thin-sandWich

SoCiology and media StudieS BScLP33 3-year Full-time LP39 4-year thin-sandWich

anthropology and SoCiology BScLL6H 3-year Full-time LL63 4-year thin-sandWich

politiCS and SoCiology BScLLH2 3-year Full-time LL23 4-year thick-sandWich

pSyChology and SoCiology BScCL8H 3-year Full-time CL83 4-year thin-sandWich

• Crime,Devianceand addiction

• HealthandtheNewPolitics of Protest

• TheAgeofNewMedia

• Multiculturalism

• PopularMusicandPopular culture

teaCHing and assessment

the course is taught through a mixture of lectures, seminars, tutorials, practical laboratory sessions and small group projects.

methods of assessment depend on which modules you select. some courses are assessed on coursework only, some by examination only, and some by a combination of the two.

emPloyaBility

graduates will have transferable skills that are key to the contemporary employment market, including: the ability to think critically; the ability to relate the discipline of sociology to real world problems; and a grounding in information and communications technologies.

Careers

sociologists are in increasing demand in many sectors, including social welfare and policy, local government and administration, medicine, education and research and industry.

there are also openings available in business, particularly marketing

and advertising, management, media, and recruitment. knowledge and understanding of statistics and research skills are particularly useful assets in the job market.

PlaCements

Few other sociology degrees contain work placements, let alone high quality organised placements. students benefit from our excellent links with external organisations.


soCiology Honours degree ComBinations


anthropology and sociology Bsc

gCe a‑level BBB refer to anthropology, page 60

Politics and sociology Bsc

gCe a‑level Bcc refer to Politics, page 184

Psychology and sociology Bsc

gCe a‑level BBB refer to Psychology, page 188

sociology and media studies Bsc

gCe a‑level Bcc refer to communication and media studies, page 192

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

s

oci

olo

gy

and

Co

mm

un

icat

ion

s

Brunel university


Antonel la graduated in 2010 and now has a permanent posit ion with her work placement employer.

one of the most important aspects of my degree was the experience and skills that i gained through work placements, which enabled both me and friends on my course to obtain jobs after graduating. i was offered and accepted the post of volunteer Placement advisor by my work placement employer, the Hillingdon association of voluntary services.

the skills i learnt on placement were key in securing employment following my degree and will enable me to grow and develop in my working life ahead.

Antonella is pictured (back row, second from the right)during the presentation of a Brunel award to the Hillingdon Association of Voluntary Services as the best small organisation placement employer for 2010.


school of sport and education

Sport ScienceS

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

spo

rt sciences

sport sciences Annual intake: 250

Why study sport sciences at Brunel?

★★ We offer some of the best university sports facilities in the uK and have an international reputation for sporting excellence. up to 100 national sporting honours are achieved by our current students each year and we can boast olympic, World, commonwealth and european champions amongst our graduates.

★★ We have forged strong links with sports personnel, organisations and institutions at local, regional, national and international levels.

★★ special study arrangements can be made for high‑performance sports students. We also offer sports scholarships.

★★ staff have national and international reputations for their research and publications and some are accredited by the British association of sport and exercise sciences (Bases), enabling them to work with high performance athletes.

courses at a Glance

sport sciences Bsc .......................................................................... page 198

sport sciences (coaching) Bsc ...................................................... page 198

sport sciences (human performance) Bsc ................................... page 198

sport sciences (Management of sport development) Bsc ........ page 198

sport sciences (physical education and youth sport) Bsc ......... page 198


• BusinessStudiesandSportSciencesBSc ......................... page 199

see also:

• SecondaryEducationandPhysicalEducationBSc ......... page 132

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

s

po

rt s

cien

ces



Jane is a f inal year Spor t Sciences student.

i chose to study at Brunel university primarily because of the sporting facilities on offer but also because of the good reputation that Brunel has for sport sciences.

i have studied all aspects of sport including biomechanics, physiology, psychology and sociology. the focus of the course has ranged from children right up to the elite high performance athlete.

in addition to my studies, i have also played rugby for the Brunel women’s team, worked as a residences student Mentor, and even tried my hand at pottery! in my final year i have become a sport sciences student representative. this involves talking with other students on my course to identify any areas which could be improved, then working with the lecturers to resolve these issues. this is something i have really enjoyed and would thoroughly recommend getting involved with.

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

spo

rt sciences

198contAct

Julie Garner, Admissions tutor (sport sciences)tel: +44 (0)1895 266471 email: [email protected]

Sport Sciences BSccheck the web course entry for up-to-date course information and detailed entry requirements.

ABout the course

the Bsc in sport sciences offers important foundational knowledge at level 1, after which you can follow a specialised pathway according to your particular interests and career aspirations, or continue to follow a multidisciplinary route. all routes aim to provide you with an understanding of the scientific basis of sport performance, the factors influencing personal and social behaviour in sport and physical education, and the significance of private and public issues in sport and physical education.

the coaching pathway develops your understanding of how human responses and adaptations to sport can be affected. you will learn about the methods used to plan, deliver, reflect on and modify training programmes, as well as techniques used to monitor and evaluate sports performance.

the Management of sport Development pathway gives students knowledge and understanding about sport in different historical, cultural, economic and social contexts, and about its organisation and development as a global industry.

the human performance pathway explores the scientific theory underpinning the analysis

of sport and exercise performance. you will practise techniques used to monitor, evaluate and enhance sports performance in laboratory or field settings, and learn how to design, conduct and analyse experiments.

students following the physical education and youth sport pathway learn about physical education in a historical and social context and in relation to the national curriculum, preparing you for further qualifications and a career in physical education teaching or a related area (please note that this course does not lead to Qualified teacher status).

a commitment to sport or exercise is expected from all applicants.

typicAl MoDules

please note that modules for the specialised pathways differ from the mainstream route – check the web course pages for details.

level 1

• AnalyticalSkillsinSportand physical activity

• AnatomyandBiomechanics

• CoachingandPhysicaleducation

• Foundationsofsport physiology

• SociologyandtheManagement of sport

• ThePsychologyofPersonaldevelopment and sport

entry criteriA

Gce A-level BBc, including a science or social science subject or pe

Advanced Diploma progression diploma Grade B in society, health and development or sport and active leisure, plus an a‑level at Grade c in a science subject or pe for additional and specialist learning

Btec level 3 extended diploma ddM in a sport or a science subject or dMM plus 1 a‑level or as‑level or level 3 diploma dd plus up to 2 a‑levels or as‑levels

ocr national extended Diploma d2/M1 in sport

iBDp 30 points

Access pass

5 Gcses at Grade c or above are also required, to include english, Mathematics and double or triple science (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your ucas application)

MoDes of stuDy/ ucAs coDes

Sport ScienceS BScC600 3-YEARFULL-TIME C602 4‑year thicK‑sandWich

Sport ScienceS (coaching) BScC603 3-YEARFULL-TIME CX61 4‑year thicK‑sandWich

Sport ScienceS (human performance) BScC604 3-YEARFULL-TIME C605 4‑year thicK‑sandWich

Sport ScienceS (management of Sport Development) BScCN68 3-YEARFULL-TIME CN6V 4‑year thicK‑sandWich

Sport ScienceS (phySical eDucation anD youth Sport) BScCX63 3-YEARFULL-TIME CX6H 4‑year thicK‑sandWich

all sinGle honours courses are availaBle part‑tiMe (4‑7 years)

BuSineSS StuDieS anD Sport ScienceS BScC6N1 3-YEARFULL-TIME NC1P 4‑year thicK‑sandWich

level 2

• QualitativeandQuantitative methods of analysis (core)

• AppliedSportandexercise physiology

• Biomechanicalanalysis of sport

• ChildandYouthdevelopment in physical education and sport

• ManagementofSportdevelopment

• PrinciplesofCoachingeffectiveness

• PromotingSport

• SportingEnvironments

• SportandInternationaldevelopment

• Sport,Identityanddifference

• TheoryandApplicationin sport psychology

• TrainingApplicationsfor sport and exercise

level 3

• Dissertation–Majorproject (40 credits – core)

• AppliedSportPsychology

• BiomechanicalAnalysistechniques

• Contemporaryissues in sport

• ExerciseinSpecialpopulations

• PhysicalEducationandsport pedagogy

• PhysiologyoftheHighperformance athlete

• ProfessionalIssuesin coaching and physical education

• SportEventsManagement

• Sport,Globalisationandinternational politics

teAchinG AnD AssessMent

teaching methods include lectures, set reading, seminars, tutorials, group tasks, presentations, laboratory work and computer‑assisted sessions.

each subject employs a range of assessment methods, including individual projects, oral presentations, group projects, essays, case studies, practical vivas, laboratory report writing, written examinations, computer‑based tests and practicals. practicals include sports laboratory work and your performance on the field of play.

eMployABility

as a future employee you will need to equip yourself with both specific sport sciences knowledge and a range of more generic skills which are valued in the workplace. to this end, we work with you to develop a ‘personal development profile’, which helps you to identify and work towards your specific needs and career goals.

cAreers

We prepare you for a broad range of career opportunities in a wide range of sport‑related jobs, in such areas as coaching, consultancy, fitness testing and training, higher education and research, sport development, sport management, teaching, and youth work.

Graduates have found positions with, among others, the uK and regional sports councils, national

governing bodies for sport, international organisations, sports clothing/footwear companies, professional clubs and local authorities, as well as in the leisure industry, the pharmaceutical industry, and the armed forces.

undergraduate study can prepare you for pGcert (education) courses and Master’s degrees.

plAceMents

you will have the opportunity to gain professional experience working in prominent companies or organisations. these are high‑quality placements with graduate responsibilities. some students are offered full‑time graduate posts at the companies where they carried out their work placements.

students who complete this thick‑sandwich course will be awarded their degree ‘with placement year’.

sport sciences Bsc Joint honours

you will take modules from each of the two subjects. check the web page for your programme for more course information and full entry criteria.

Business studies and sport sciences Bsc

Gce A-level BBB, including a science or social science subject or pe refer to Business and Management, page 88

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

s

po

rt s

cien

ces

contAct

noel Kinrade, Admissions tutor (Business studies and sport sciences)tel: +44 (0)1895 267383 email: [email protected] 199


Programmes with an integrated Foundation year

Programmes with an integrated Foundation Year

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Prog

ramm

es with

an in

tegrated

Fou

nd

ation

year

Programmes with an integrated Foundation year

★★ Since 1988, Brunel has offered alternative routes into Level 1 of its degree programmes in the School of Engineering and Design and the School of Information Systems, Computing and Mathematics. This long history means that we have extensive experience in preparing students for entry to degree programmes for which they may not initially have had appropriate qualifications.

★★ If you take a programme with an integrated Foundation Year you will still be eligible for financial support for the entire extended period of your degree. You should therefore apply to Student Finance England for support through to the end of your degree, and not just for the first year (this may be for four, five or even six years in total, depending upon whether you choose a BEng, MEng, BSc or MMath degree, and whether you take the full-time or sandwich mode).

★★ At the end of your Foundation Year, Level 0, you will progress to Level 1 of a linked degree programme in Brunel’s School of Engineering and Design or School of Information Systems, Computing and Mathematics.

COURSES AT A GLANCE

BEng Engineering with an Integrated Foundation Year ............ Page 202

BSc Information Systems, Computing and Mathematics with an Integrated Foundation Year .................... Page 203

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

P

rog

ram

mes

wit

h a

n in

teg

rate

d F

ou

nd

atio

n y

ear



David progressed onto the MEng in Motorspor t Engineering.

having known that i wanted to study engineering since the end of my gCse year, i chose Brunel because of a number of factors – its engineering reputation, its participation in Formula student competitions and its close proximity to london.

i didn’t get the grades to go straight into level 1 of a degree programme so i took an integrated Foundation year. this proved really helpful in improving my maths and physics and gave me a solid background in engineering fundamentals.

the motorsport course also offered a ‘sandwich’ year in industry which i spent in switzerland working for a large power company. i had an amazing time out there. the placement officer was fantastic at keeping me informed about new jobs and offering interview help and Cv diagnostics.

since returning to Brunel, i have become involved with the Formula student team, having written my dissertation on our hybrid honeycomb chassis.

i’ll never regret coming to Brunel. the opportunities available here will shape you and positively influence your future – they really have for me!”

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Prog

ramm

es with

an in

tegrated

Fou

nd

ation

year

202ContaCt

dr lionel ganippa, Course director tel: +44 (0)1895 266633 email: [email protected]

BEng Engineering with an Integrated Foundation YearCheck the web course entry for up-to-date course information and detailed entry requirements.

aBout the Course

If you have studied subjects in, for example, arts, humanities or human sciences, taking a programme with an integrated Foundation Year will help you switch to the challenging yet secure world of engineering and technology. You may alternatively need to build on existing qualifications in order to be accepted for an engineering degree.

During your integrated Foundation Year, Level 0, you will take modules from a range of subjects, together with study skills, project work and practical techniques where appropriate. This is not a ‘soft option’ – you will need to be well motivated and prepared to work hard.

On successful completion of the year, you will continue on to Level 1 of your chosen degree programme. You will have had a taste of several disciplines so you will be confident that you are choosing a course you will enjoy.

Course Content

typical modules:

• Mathematics

• Physics

• EngineeringScience

• ElectronicEngineering

• MaterialsScience

• EngineeringDrawingsand Communication

• EngineeringProjects

There will also be two project breaks, each of one week’s duration.

teaChing and assessment

Teaching methods include lectures, seminars and tutorials, laboratory classes and workshops in Maths and Physics. Two weeks are devoted entirely to experiential learning.

Theoretical subjects are mainly assessed by formal written examinations. Skills-based subjects are assessed by coursework, presentations and lab reports.

Progression to level 1

To progress to Level 1 of a Brunel degree course in the Civil Engineering, Electronic and Computer Engineering, Mechanical Engineering or Design subject areas, you will need to achieve an overall grade or percentage, including some specific subject grades. Please note that the BSc Information Systems, Computing and Mathematics with an Integrated Foundation Year is accepted for Computer Systems Engineering.

entry Criteria

if you have studied maths and/or Physics at as-level or above:

gCe a-level DDE (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th subject only)

advanced diploma Progression Diploma Grade D in Engineering plus an A-level at Grade E for Additional and Specialist Learning (other Advanced Diplomas considered on an individual basis)

BteC level 3 extended diploma MMP including Further Mathematics for Technicians

iBdP or certificates with a total of 24 points

access Pass in Engineering

if you have not studied maths and/or Physics at as-level or above:

gCe a-level CDD (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th subject only)

advanced diploma Progression Diploma Grade D in Engineering plus an A-level at Grade C for Additional and Specialist Learning (other Advanced Diplomas considered on an individual basis)

BteC level 3 extended diploma MMM including Further Mathematics for Technicians


access Pass in Engineering

For all of the above, 5 GCSEs at Grade C or above are also required, to include English and Maths (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your UCAS application)

mode oF study/ uCas Code

H100 LEvEL 0 OF A FULL DEGREE PROGRAMME (1 YEAR + 3, 4 OR 5 YEARS)

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

P

rog

ram

mes

wit

h a

n in

teg

rate

d F

ou

nd

atio

n y

ear

ContaCt

dr d roman, admissions tutor tel: +44 (0)1895 265180 email: [email protected] 203

BSc Information Systems, Computing and Mathematics with an Integrated Foundation Year Check the web course entry for up-to-date course information and detailed entry requirements.

aBout the Course

The integrated Foundation Year provides an introduction to a variety of fast-moving disciplines. The year enables those who originally chose another career route to switch to a challenging and exciting career in information technology. It is also an opportunity for mature students to return to study.

On successful completion of the year, you will be able to make a well-informed decision as to where your interests lie. You might be interested in computer science or engineering, and the never-ending development of more sophisticated computer technology and information systems. Alternatively you may be attracted to mathematics where you can learn to model and solve problems from the worlds of business, finance and science.

The integrated Foundation Year equips you for any degree course in Brunel’s School of Information Systems, Computing and Mathematics and for some degree courses in Brunel’s School of Engineering and Design.

tyPiCal modules

• StudySkills

• DiscreteMathematics

• MathematicalMethods

• IntroductiontoComputersand Programming

• Statistics

teaChing and assessment

Brunel is an active and dynamic research centre. Lecturers are at the frontiers of their subject and in are active contact with modern users of mathematics, ensuring that our undergraduate degrees are truly up-to-date.

The ratio of exams to coursework is approximately 60:40. Coursework consists mainly of short tests and project work.

Progression to level 1

To progress to Level 1 of a Brunel degree course in the Mathematics or Information Systems and Computing subject areas, you will need to achieve an overall grade or percentage, including some specific subject grades.

entry Criteria

gCe a-level DDD, preferably including Maths/ Physics

advanced diploma Progression Diploma Grade D in one of the following subjects, plus an A-level at Grade C for Additional and Specialist Learning: Construction and the Built Environment; Engineering; Society, Health and Development; IT; Environmental and Land-based Studies; Manufacturing and Product Design; Business, Administration and Finance; Public Services; or Retail Business

BteC level 3 extended diploma MMP in a related subject

BteC level 3 diploma DD in a related subject


access Pass

For all of the above, 5 GCSEs at Grade C or above are also required, to include English and Maths (please note that these must have been gained by the time you submit your UCAS application)

mode oF study/ uCas Code

G503 LEvEL 0 OF A FULL DEGREE PROGRAMME (1 YEAR + 3, 4 OR 5 YEARS)

Degree anD Course struCtures


www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Deg

ree and

cou

rse structu

res

Degree structure

Awards

Brunel University awards the following first degrees: Bachelor of Engineering BEng, Bachelor of Science BSc, Bachelor of Arts BA, Bachelor of Music BMus and Bachelor of Laws LLB and the integrated Master’s degrees, Master of Engineering MEng and Master of Mathematics MMath. BSc Information Systems, Computing and Mathematics with an Integrated Foundation Year and BEng Engineering with an Integrated Foundation Year are available for students who do not meet the standard critera for Level 1 entry.

First degrees are usually awarded with honours, classified into first class, second class (with upper and lower divisions) or third class. You are admitted to the University on the assumption that you will achieve an honours degree. Some Schools offer a less demanding ordinary degree course if your performance proves not to be of honours standard before the final year.

the three-part year

Brunel’s course structure is based on three periods of study per year. There are two teaching terms of 12 weeks each, running from September to December and from January to Easter. There is then a third, shorter term for revision, examination and assessment.

Students who take a four year sandwich course will spend a further period in either one or two work placements, depending on whether the course offers a thin- or thick-sandwich route. The tables opposite summarise this structure.

There are some exceptions to this, for example:

• Education:forinformationondegreestructureforcoursesleading to qualified teacher status, see pages 132-133.

• Physiotherapy,OccupationalTherapyandSpecialistCommunityPublicHealthNursing:studentsmaytakeclinicalworkexperience during vacations (see pages 138-141 and 146-147).

• SocialWork:allstudentsspendaproportionofeachyear in the field, and those following the part-time employment route work according to calendar rather than academic years (see page 142-145).

Part-time courses

Some degrees are available on a part-time basis – all available modesofstudyarelistedoneachcoursepage.Part-timestudents normally take up to 80 credits per academic year, though this may vary according to your circumstances.

Course structure

three years full-time

Students following a three year full-time route study for six academic terms, with a standard summer vacation.

year levelterm 1 term 2 term 3 summer

Sept – Dec Jan – Easter Easter – Mid-May Mid-May – Sept

1 1 AcademicPeriod1 AcademicPeriod2 Assessment Summer vacation


3 3 AcademicPeriod5 AcademicPeriod6 Assessment –

Four years thick-sandwich

The four year thick-sandwich route follows a similar pattern, but students spend the whole of Year 3 on placement.




22

AcademicPeriod3 AcademicPeriod4 Assessment Summer vacation

3 WorkPlacement


Four years thin-sandwich

The four year thin-sandwich route involves two periods on work placements, which are likely to extend through the summer vacation. If you are taking a course approved by a professional institution, longer periods of work experience may give exemptions from some membership requirements.



1 1 AcademicPeriod1 AcademicPeriod2 Assessment WorkPlacement1

22

WorkPlacement1 AcademicPeriod3 Assessment Summer vacation

3 AcademicPeriod4 WorkPlacement2


Joint honours degrees

Some subjects can be combined with a selected second subject to form a joint honours programme.Possiblecombinationsarelistedatthebeginningofeachsubjectareasection, and in the Course Index on pages 54-57.

The proportion of credits you will be expected to attain in each subject varies according to your programme specification but, for a joint honours course rated at 360 credits, you must take a minimum of 160 credits in each of the two subjects.

Degree anD Course struCtures

205

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

D

egre

e an

d c

ou

rse

stru

ctu

res

Brunel university

undergraduate prospectus

MoDules anD CreDits, teaChing anD assessMent


www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Deg

ree and

cou

rse structu

res

Modules and credits

Module choice

You select your modules before the beginning of each level. Your tutor can advise you about the choices available, and there are, of course, academic constraints to ensure that you do not follow a module for which you do not have the proper grounding. Occasionally,yourtimetablewillalsolimityourchoice.

The structure may allow you, within the programme specification for your course, either to broaden the range of topics you study or to specialise in one particular area. Most degree courses contain compulsory modules in order to maintain the coherence of the course or to meet the requirements of professional institutions. However,youmayalsobeabletoselectothermodules.

Language modules may be available for credit on your course, or you may choose to take them for additional credit which does not contribute to your award (or just for fun!).

Credits

All Brunel’s courses are made up of study and assessment blocks (modules) worth 10 to 30 credits each. Levels 3 and 4 may include a major project, worth up to 40 credits. You will build up these modules, usually gaining at least 120 credits per year, until you completeatleast360creditstoachieveanHonoursdegree.

There are some exceptions to this pattern:

• Thick-andthin-sandwichplacementsattract120furthercredits, so you will complete at least 480 credits in total. This structure leads to a separate degree award title, indicated inthe‘Placements’sectionontherelevantcoursepages.

• ThoseundertakinganMEngqualificationwillstudyforafurtheryear. This year, Level 4, will include advanced modules and group projects and you must complete at least 120 further credits.

• Ifyoudonotcompleteyourdegreeprogramme,youmay still be eligible to achieve a recognised qualification, depending on the number of credits you complete.

Since each module has a credit value, Brunel is able to participate in national and international credit accumulation and transfer schemes.

Mazz is a f inal year Spor t Sciences student.

i chose to study at Brunel university because of its great reputation within the field of sport sciences and its amazing campus and sports facilities. i have loved the versatility my course has offered me, through being able to pick from a wide variety of modules from biomechanics to sport event management. various projects and assignments have enabled me to gain the skills and experience i need to hopefully pursue a career in sports development and the leisure industry.

While at Brunel i also became a student rep and enjoyed the challenge this gave me in allowing me to represent my course mates and be involved in the running of our degree course.

207

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

D

egre

e an

d c

ou

rse

stru

ctu

res

Brunel university


teaching and assessment

teaching methods

Most modules include formal lectures, seminars and tutorials. Courses in the applied sciences, health and engineering disciplines incorporate substantial amounts of practical or laboratory-based activity, including individual or group project work. Teaching methods are summarised on each course page. All modules allow time for you to learn on your own in private study or collectively in groups.

You may also participate in external activities such as research projects with external agencies and companies or visits to and by professionals in your chosen discipline.

In your final year, you will complete a major project. This may be of an experimental, applied or theoretical nature or a combination of the three. If you are taking a sandwich course, your project will probably be connected with work undertaken during your placement(s). In some subjects, project work is developed by a team of students, each with a particular contribution to make.

Teaching and learning methods are designed to develop and improve transferable skills which will enhance your employability.

Assessment

The intended learning outcomes for each module (what you are expected to know and to be able to do when you have completed it) are given in detailed assessment or study block outlines (module outlines) to help you assess your own learning targets.

Many courses are assessed by a combination of continuous assessment (including, for example, essays, reports, practicals and presentations) and end of year examinations, to test both your knowledge and skills. Assessment methods are summarised on each course page.

The proportion of marks gained through each method varies according to the module and level of study. To progress from one level of a programme to the next, you will need to fulfil the necessary requirements for that level, taking into account any opportunities for reassessment that may be offered to you.

If you are taking a sandwich course, performance on work placements is also taken into consideration by the Board of Examiners.ProfessionalpracticeinEducation,HealthorSocialWorkdegreesisalsoassessed.

Final degree classification is usually determined by the results gained at Levels 2 and 3, including performance in your final year project.

Professional exPerienCe anD aCCreDitation


www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Professio

nal exp

erience an

d accred

itation

Professional experience and accreditation

the modules you take for your academic course are only part of your learning process. Brunel places great emphasis on the practical and personal skills that are essential to graduates who want to find a good job.

If you choose the four year sandwich course – a degree pathway that integrates placements with academic study – you will have the opportunity to acquire valuable practical skills through extended work experience. Sandwich courses include an assessed placement worth 120 credits.

If you are taking a full-time programme, you may still be able to gain practical experience – some Schools offer opportunities for work experience during term time, whileforothers(forexampleintheSchoolofHealthSciencesandSocialCare)theremay be regular placements in professional settings as part of your course.

Whateveryourcareerinterest,youwillfindthatgraduateemployersplaceahighvalueon relevant work experience, frequently rating it above even degree classification as a selectioncriterion.Whateveryoursubject,thePlacementandCareersCentrecanhelpyou build appropriate experience, and your first year is an ideal time to start.

Finding the right sandwich placement

The University collaborates closely with employers and works to ensure that academic study and professional experience complement each other, since both are part of a continuous learning process.

YouracademictutorandthePlacementOfficersbasedinthePlacementandCareers Centre will help you in your search for suitable placements and give guidance on the kind of experience best suited to your needs, but the responsibility for finding a placement is yours.

A placement should take account of your degree course, knowledge and previousexperience.Wetrytoensurethat you are engaged in work which is relevant to your degree and appropriate to your level of ability, and that you are given as much variety of experience as is practicable. A tutor will remain in touch with you throughout your placement.

The University has contacts with several thousand employing organisations, including industry in both the public and private sectors, government departments, research laboratories, local authorities,

business and commerce. You will usually be supervised by a senior person in the establishment concerned.

You may be paid a salary by the organisation during your sandwich placement periods. Although you are unlikely to earn enough to fully finance yourself through the academic study periods, you may be able to offset a significant part of the cost of living. This in turn could go some way to reducing the amount you need to borrow as a student loan.

transferring to a different mode of study

If you are registered for a sandwich course but have problems obtaining suitable placements, you may be able to transfer to a different mode of study. For example, you may be able to switch to a full-time mode from a thick-sandwich mode at the endofLevel2.Optionsvaryfromcourseto course, depending on the availability of different modes. You should therefore check the programme specification for your course when you register.

Professional exPerienCe anD aCCreDitation

209

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

P

rofe

ssio

nal

exp

erie

nce

an

d a

ccre

dit

atio

n

Brunel university


Opportunities for sponsorship

Sponsored students usually have an established relationship with one organisation during their course, so they become familiar with the entire range of its activities. Many sponsoring organisations pay a bursary to their students during university-based periods, and there is often the opportunity to remain with the sponsoring company as a graduate. Some of Brunel’s degree programmes encourage applicants to look for a sponsor prior to, or soon after, joining their course. Individual Admissions Tutors can advise you on how to go about this.

Degrees including a recommendation for Qualified teacher status

Students training to enter the teaching profession will follow a programme that leads to both a degree and theopportunityforQualifiedTeacherStatus.Practicaltraining is a compulsory part of this full-time course.

Students training to be teachers will study for four years and spend most of the first two years in academic study. The final two years are largely spent in school-based learning.

Accreditation by professional institutions

A Brunel degree may bring particular advantages if you are contemplatingacareerincertainprofessions.Professionalbodies accredit degree courses which they deem suitable for gaining admission to their ranks, and a large number of Brunel’s courses are validated by these bodies. Check the course page to see whether this applies to you.

Aside from an accredited degree, membership requirements normally include a period of training in the relevant discipline. For Brunel students on sandwich courses, periods of work placement can contribute between six and sixteen months towards such training requirements, giving you accelerated entry to your chosen profession. Your School will help to ensure that any eligible work experience is registered towards accreditation, and you can check with your Admissions Tutor about requirements in your particular subject area.

fees anD funDing inforMation


www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Fees and

fun

din

g in

form

ation

Payments and expenses

For an overview of 2012 entry fees and funding at the time of going to press, see page 52-53. For full details and the latest figures, please refer to www.brunel.ac.uk/ugfunding.

Paying your fees

Arrangements for the payment of tuition fees must be made at or before enrolment for each academic year. UK/EU students can pay in a single instalment at or before enrolment, or in sixinstalmentsbetweenenrolmentandMarch.Overseasstudents can pay in a single instalment at or before enrolment, or can pay 60% of the balance at enrolment and the remainder in January. For most students, full payment by the designated Registration date will attract a 2% discount.

There is no entitlement to any fee reduction or refund if a student withdraws during the year. The University may exceptionally allow refunds to self supporting students who withdraw during the first few weeks of their course.

The University reviews fees annually and reserves the right to change them.

Other expenses

The University reserves the right to make certain additional charges for items such as deposits on equipment, registration fees to external bodies, late registration fees, resit examination fees and charges for lost ID cards.

If you live off campus, you will also have other expenses such as Council Tax and bills, and you should take this into account when planning your finances.

sponsorship

If you are a sponsored student (ie you are sponsored by a company, organisation or charitable trust, not by family members, guardians or friends), a copy of the documents confirming your sponsorship should be presented before Registration. You will not need to submit a deposit for course fees (see right) if this information is supplied.

fees anD funDing inforMation

211

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

F

ees

and

fu

nd

ing

info

rmat

ion

Brunel university


Financial information for international students

Deposits

Applicants holding an unconditional offer can guarantee their place to a direct entry undergraduate course by paying a deposit of £3,000. This includes UCAS applications. A £200 deposit is required from all students to reserve accommodation.

Course fee deposits are non-refundable unless a visa application is refused and evidence can be provided. Accommodation deposits are also non-refundable unless notice in writing (email or fax) isgiventotheAccommodationOfficeseven days prior to the commencement of the tenancy agreement.

Overseas scholarships

A small number of international scholarships have been awarded to overseas students in recent years and we hope to continue this scheme. Applications are only accepted from candidates holding an offer of a place, who will automatically receive further details.

Classifying students as ‘home’ or ‘overseas’

The University is responsible for classifying students as ‘home’ or ‘overseas’ for fee purposes. It must follow complex rules, and the following provides only an outline of those student groups who may be considered eligible for ‘home’ fee status, at the time of writing:

• UKresidentswithsettledstatusand three years’ continuous ordinary residence;

• EUnationals(ortheirchildren)with three years’ continuous residence in the EU;

• IndividualswithformalUKrefugeestatus or their spouses/children, who have been ordinarily resident since gaining such status;

• IndividualswhohavebeeninformedbytheHomeOfficethattheyhavebeen granted exceptional leave to remain in the UK as a result of having applied for refugee status and of having that application rejected;

• UKresidentsandEUnationalstemporarily absent from the EU due to temporary employment overseas;

• Studentsonreciprocalexchangeprogrammes.

The University reserves the right to make full and final decisions as to fee status at the time of application and Registration. The above is only a guide and applicants should not take it as forming any part of a contract with the University. This information and the legislation on which it is based may change from time to time, so applicants should not rely upon it. If you have any doubts about your likely fee status, you are strongly advised to contact the Admissions Officepriortotakingupyourplace.

island applicants

Different fee rates may apply for students from the Channel Islands or the Isle of Man. For more information, see www.universitiesuk.ac.uk and search for ‘Island Fees’.

aPPlying to Brunel


www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Ap

plyin

g to

Bru

nel

Applying to Brunel

Applications for all full-time and sandwich first degree courses must be made online through the universities and Colleges Admissions service (uCAs).

Courses in the UCAS scheme are listed on the UCAS website. Visit www.ucas.com to apply, and for more information.

Where can i apply?

You can apply for 2012 entry either online at www.ucas.com or by using the Electronic Application System (EAS) set up with UCAS in schools, colleges and careers offices (where applications are submitted to UCAS through a teacher or careers advisor rather than individually).

When should i apply?

UCAS can start receiving applications from 1 september 2011 for entry in Autumn 2012. The normal closing date for the receipt of applications is 15 January 2012.

UCAS accepts that some applicants, especially from outside the UK, may find this difficult, and you can still apply through UCAS up to the end of June. Universities and colleges may still consider your application, but the most popular courses may already be full. If you apply after the end of June, you will automatically go into Clearing.

How do i apply?

You may apply for up to five choices of institution/course on your UCAS form. You should not feel obliged to use all five choices if you do not need to. Your choices can be selected from any of the courses listed on the UCAS website, and you may, for example, mix both degree and non degree courses if appropriate. If you wish to apply for more than one course at Brunel, you will have to make a separate entry for each choice.

There is no facility for you to express an order of preference, and all your applications will be treated equally.

The institution code for Brunel is B84 Brunl.

As well as choosing five institutions/courses, there are six other sections to complete on the application: your personal details; additional information (for UK applicants only); your education history; your employment history; a personal statement; and a reference from your school.

If you need help or advice on your individual application, you can call the UCAS Customer Service Unit on +44 (0)871 468 0 468.

Othercontactdetails,includingphone numbers for applicants with hearing difficulties, can be found at www.ucas.ac.uk/about_us/contact_us.

How much does it cost to apply?

It costs £21 to apply through UCAS, or £11 if you only apply for one course. If you’re applying through school or college, your teacher or lecturer will tell you whether you need to pay online with a card or bring in a cheque. If you’re applying online as an individual, you can pay by credit or debit card.

213

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

A

pp

lyin

g t

o B

run

el

Brunel university


How do i apply if i hope to be sponsored by my employer?

If you are employed in industry, and hope to be sponsored by your employer to study on a course listed on the UCAS website, you must apply through UCAS in the normal way.

i have a disability – why should i disclose this?

All disabled students who apply to Brunel are encouraged to disclose their disability when completing the UCAS form. This information is treated sensitively and is only used to help ensure our services and support can meet all new students’ needs.

Students with disabilities are also strongly advised to apply for the Disabled student’s Allowance (DsA) prior to the start of their course. See page 43 for more information.

i am a care leaver – why should i disclose this?

If you are a care leaver, please tick the appropriate box on your UCAS form so that we can make you aware of the support you can expect at Brunel. See page 39 for more information on Brunel’s Commitment to Care Leavers.

i have a criminal record – can i still apply?

Havingacriminalrecordwillnotnecessarilybar you from studying with us. This will depend on the circumstances and background of your offences. For guidance notes for applicants who are ex-offenders, please seeourAdmissionsPolicyandannexesonthe web, at www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug/admissions_office/admissions.

Students applying for courses that involve regulated activity with children and/or vulnerable adults will be legally required to register with the Vetting and Barring Scheme (VBS) which is administered by the Independent Safeguarding Authority. This process involves a Criminal Records Bureau check – see page 215 for more information.

How do i apply for a part-time course?

Part-timeapplicationsshouldbemadedirect to the relevant school.

How do i apply for a non-degree course?

Students applying for full- or part-time courses that do not lead to a degree qualification should apply direct to the relevant School.

What offer will i be made?

Many applicants will have to gain qualifications before they can take up their place, and conditions will be set for grades needed (this is called a Conditional Offer). Self-financing students may also be asked to provide financial guarantees. You may alternatively be made an unconditional Offer if you have already attained the relevant qualifications.

Any conditions set for an offer of a place must be fulfilled by the 10 August prior to the planned date of entry. If you have any queries regarding this date, pleasecontacttheAdmissionsOfficebyemail at [email protected].

entry requireMents


www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

entry req

uirem

ents

entry requirements

these pages provide further information about the general entry requirements listed under each course entry. there is flexibility in all our entry requirements, and all applicants will be considered on an individual basis.

GCses

You must hold a minimum of five GCSE passesatGradeCorabove.Pleasenotethat all GCSEs must normally have been obtained at the time of application.

NativespeakersofEnglishwillbeexpectedto hold a GCSE at a minimum of Grade C or equivalent in English. In addition, a GCSE at a minimum of Grade C in Maths is required for many degree programmes. For some courses, you may require a higher grade at GCSE in English and/or Maths, and some courses specify other additional subjects – all GCSE requirements are listed onthecoursepageforyourcourse.Pleasenote that, if Maths GCSE is required, a GCSE in Use of Maths will not be accepted.

Some courses may accept Key Skills in place of English GCSE – contact theAdmissionsOfficefordetails.

GCe A-levels

Entry criteria are expressed on each prospectus and web course page in terms of a minimum of three GCE A-level passes in appropriate subjects, achieved at one sitting. Pleasenotethatanequivalentorhighercombination of grades to that indicated on each course entry will also be accepted.

The required grades for your course must normally come from at least three full A-level passes, although candidates offering a combination of AS- and A-levels may also be considered.

WewelcomeapplicationsfromstudentstakingtheExtendedProjectQualification,and this will be reflected in our offer.

AS-level scores will be incorporated into an A-level score in the same subject, so there is no double-counting.

irish leaving Certificate

The University welcomes applications from students taking Irish qualifications. Entry criteria can be found on the web page for your course in terms of a minimum of fivepassesatHigherLevelinappropriatesubjects,achievedatonesitting.Pleasenote that an equivalent or higher combination of grades to that indicated on each course entry will also be accepted.

scottish Highers and Advanced Highers

The University welcomes applications from students taking Scottish qualifications. Entry criteria can be found on the web page for your course in terms of a minimum ofthreeAdvancedHigherpassesinappropriate subjects, achieved at one sitting. Pleasenotethatanequivalentorhighercombination of grades to that indicated on each course entry will also be accepted.

The required grades for your course must normally come from at least three full AdvancedHigherpasses,althoughcandidatesofferingacombinationofHighersandAdvancedHighersmayalsobeconsidered.

ScottishHigherscoreswillbeincorporatedintoAdvancedHigherscores in the same subject.

215

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

e

ntr

y re

qu

irem

ents

Brunel university


Advanced Diploma

Most degree programmes at Brunel accept applications from students offering an Advanced Diploma, usually in a specified subject or range of subjects. Most courses demand an A-level for Additional and Specialist Learning (ASL), sometimes in a specified subject, while some require a particular Specialist Unit. Entry criteria are expressed on each prospectus and web course pageintermsofarequiredProgressionDiploma grade plus a required A-level grade.

PleasenotethataProgressionDiplomaalone is not acceptable for entry to Brunel.

BteC

The University welcomes applicants offering a BTEC Level 3 Extended Diploma, and some courses also accept a BTEC Level 3 Diploma. Your Extended Diploma or Diploma must be in a subject related to the course you wish to study at Brunel, and you must achieve the grades specified on each prospectus and web course page, including any grades required in particular subjects.

international Baccalaureate Diploma

TheIBDPisconsideredforentrytoallcoursesatBrunel.Offersarenormallymadeintermsof gaining the Diploma with a total of at least 24 points, often including specified grades in one or more particular subjects. The required number of points is listed on each prospectus and web course page.

The University will also normally consider candidates who have gained the European Baccalaureate with an overall score of approximately 60 per cent.

AQA Baccalaureate

The University welcomes applicants offering the AQA Bacc and recognises the benefits oftheenrichmentactivity.However,offersare normally made on the basis of three A-levels, according to the criteria stated on each prospectus and web course page.

Cambridge Pre-u

CambridgePre-UPrincipalSubjectsaswellasthefullCambridgePre-UDiplomaarewelcomed for entry to all courses at Brunel. Check the UCAS website at www.ucas.ac.uk/students/ucas_tariff/tarifftables for information on grade equivalence. Candidates will be considered on an individual basis.

OCr level 3 nationals

The University welcomes applicants offering OCRLevel3NationalExtendedDiplomas,andsomecoursesalsoacceptaLevel3NationalDiploma. Your Diploma must be in a subject related to the course you wish to study at Brunel. Check the UCAS website at www.ucas.ac.uk/students/ucas_tariff/tarifftables for information on grade equivalence. Candidates will be considered on an individual basis.

independent safeguarding Authority registration

At the time of going to press, the Vetting and BarringSchemeisunderreview.Pleaseseewww.direct.gov.uk/en/campaigns/Vetting/index.htm for the latest information.

Currently, students registering for courses that involve regulated activity with children and/or vulnerable adults are legally required to register with the Vetting and Barring Scheme (VBS), which is administered by the Independent Safeguarding Authority (ISA). The ISA monitors all individuals who want to work or volunteer with vulnerable people. Registration with the VBS will cost £64 as a one-off payment that covers both the cost of registration and a Criminal Records Bureau (CRB) check. Following successful registration, you will be issued with an ISA Registration number that will stay with you for the rest of your career.

The University will send further instructions on registering with the VBS as part of the admissions process. Email [email protected] for more information.

entry requireMents


www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

entry req

uirem

ents

Overseas qualifications

Candidates are advised to contact Brunel International to confirm the acceptability of all overseas qualifications.


tel +44 (0)1895 265519

english language requirements

There are minimum English language requirementsforallindividuals.Nativespeakers of English should normally have a GCSE in English at minimum Grade C. Equivalent levels of English for non native speakers are outlined on the web page for your course. In some cases, the University may ask you to prove your command of English.

Web www.brunel.ac.uk/international/languagerequirements

vocational courses

Vocational qualifications will be considered on an individual basis. If in doubt about the acceptability of qualifications, please contact the relevant Admissions Tutor for yourcourse,ortheAdmissionsOffice.


Mature students / non-standard applications

Brunel welcomes mature applicants and others with non-standard qualifications. Those without the required qualifications are encouraged to take an Access to HigherEducationcourse,astheseareaccepted for entry to the majority of our degree programmes. Required Access entry profiles are listed on each prospectus and web course page.

Access courses usually take one year to complete and can be studied full- or part-time at over 1,500 colleges across the country.

APel

AccreditationofPriorExperientialLearning may be used for entry to any course and its use will determine what exemptions are possible. Any exemptions will be limited to two thirds of an undergraduate degree programme.

APl/CAts

You can also gain exemptions for skills and qualifications that you may already have acquired elsewhere (Accreditation of PriorLearning).SinceallBrunelcoursesarecredit rated, you can gain credit for courses pursued here or at other institutions via the Credit Accumulation and Transfer Scheme. You should write directly to the tutor of the course in which you are interested with full details of your previous study. Exemptions are normally only granted where the previous study or work experience is directly comparable with a specific Brunel course.

requirements for non-degree courses

Students applying for full- or part-time courses that do not lead to a degree qualification may have different or additional entry requirements from those listed above. Details are listed on the relevant web and prospectus course pages.

217

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

s

um

mar

y o

f te

rms

Brunel university


summary of terms

important information to read before accepting an offer

In addition to the contractual information sections contained in the undergraduate prospectus such as course descriptions and financial and general information, and the disclaimer published here, your place with the University will be subject to the terms and conditions stated in our offer letter to you as well as also being subjecttoourStatutes,CouncilOrdinancesand Senate Regulations and all University rules, policies and procedures from time to time in force (together our “terms”).

Some of these documents may be accessed at www.brunel.ac.uk/about/administration. Alternatively, copies of all documents can be obtained upon request from the University’sQualityandStandardsOffice.

Your place will also be conditional upon you registering with the University, paying fees when due, meeting any offer conditions we advise to you in writing (such as qualifications required) and all necessary legal and other requirements to study here on the chosen course (such as criminal record checks, previous conviction details, health checks, immigration clearance and so on).

Whenyouacceptanofferofaplacebythe University, a legal contract is formed with the University on the basis of the terms and may be ended by the University if the relevant conditions are not met or our terms not complied with. The contract is governed by English law and subject to the jurisdiction of the English courts. Pleasenotethatanylivingaccommodationprovided to you by the University (or any other party) will be subject to a separate contract and payment of accommodation fees under that separate contract.

In entering into the contract, neither the student nor the University intends that any of the terms of the contract will be enforceable by any person not a party to it, by virtue of the Contracts (RightsofThirdParties)Act1999.

If you have any queries regarding our terms or any relevant conditions, or would like to receive hard copies of any of the documents referred to above, please contact the University’sQualityandStandardsOffice.

For a full summary of the University’s Terms and Conditions see www.brunel.ac.uk/about-this-website/terms.

Disclaimer

The University makes all reasonable efforts to deliver the programmes of study, research opportunities and other services and facilities described in this publication and other University documents.

However,theUniversityisentitled,ifitreasonably considers it to be necessary (including in order to manage its resources and pursue its policy of continuous improvement appropriately):

• tosuspendordiscontinueprogrammesofstudy (for example, because a key member of staff is unwell or leaves the University);

• tomakereasonablevariationstothecontent and syllabus of programmes of study (including in relation to placements);

• toalterthetimetable,location,numberof classes and method of delivery of programmes of study, provided such alterations are reasonable;

suMMary of terMs

suMMary of terMs


www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

sum

mary o

f terms

• tomakechangestothestatutes,ordinances, regulations, policies and procedures that the University reasonably considers necessary (for example, in the light of changes in the law or the requirements of the University’s regulators);

• tocombineprogrammesofstudyifthe University reasonably considers this to be necessary (for example, because too few students apply to join a programme for it to be viable).

In the unlikely event that the University discontinues or does not provide a programme of study or changes it significantly before it begins:

• theUniversitywilltellrelevantindividualsat the earliest possible opportunity;

• anindividualwillbeentitledtowithdraw his or her application by telling the University in writing;

• theUniversitywillmakeanappropriaterefund of tuition fees and deposits paid.

The University will provide students with such tuition, learning support and other services and facilities as it considers appropriate, and with reasonable care and skill, but may vary what it provides from time to time (for example, the University may consider it desirable to change the way it provides library or IT support).

The University will not be liable to you for any representations or descriptions in this undergraduate prospectus, or in any other University documents, and/or made to you verbally, unless and to the extent confirmed in the terms as outlined above. The terms contain the entire agreement between you and the University in relation to you being a student at the University.

Nothinginthesummaryoftermsincludingthis disclaimer excludes any liability which it would be unlawful to exclude.

The University will not be liable to you in any manner whatsoever for any failure or delay, or for the consequences of any failure or delay, in performance of any contract with you if it is due to any event beyond our reasonable control including, without limitation, strikes, lockouts or other industrial action or disputes (whether involving our workforce or any other party), acts of God, pandemic, quarantine or widespread illness (whether affecting our staff and/or student body or otherwise), governmental requisitioning, emergency planning or provision, war, protests, fire, flood, storm, tempest, explosion, an actual, suspected or threatened act of terrorism, riot, civil commotion, national emergencies, breakdown of plant or machinery, or default of suppliers or sub-contractors.

Personal accident and liability

All registered students are covered by the University’s insurance for accidents thatoccuroncampus.However,theUniversity cannot accept responsibility for loss of, or any form of damage to, personal belongings of students.

religious festivals

The University tries, where at all possible, to accommodate students’ wishes in observing religious festivals during examination periods.

219

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

s

um

mar

y o

f te

rms

Brunel university


Diverse Brunel

Brunel University values inclusiveness and confirms its continuing commitment to the principles of equal opportunities in employment, admissions, and in its teaching, learning and research activities. It endeavours to ensure that all members of staff, students, visitors and applicants for employment or study are treated on the basis of their merits and abilities and that no one suffers discrimination or disadvantage on the basis of their gender, marital status, race, colour, ethnic or national origins, disability, sexual orientation, religion or belief, or age.

In order to achieve an environment that is free from unlawful discrimination and which encourages everyone to contribute fully to its work, the University will endeavour to ensure that:

• allstaff,studentsandapplicantsaremadeawareoftheUniversity’sStatementofIntentandPurposeforEqualOpportunitiesanditssupportingstrategies;

• staffandstudentproceduresprovideequalopportunityin all areas pertaining to work and study life;

• Universitypoliciesandoperatingstructuresforstaffand students are reviewed at regular intervals;

• communityparticipationissoughtfromandencouragedin the development of equal opportunities activities;

• staffdevelopmentprogrammes,includinginductionprogrammes and positive action initiatives, target the equal opportunities agenda;

• equalopportunitiesinformationrelatingtostaff and students is widely publicised.

For a full copy of the University’s Equality and Diversity Statement and its supporting strategies and policies, please visit www.brunel.ac.uk/about/administration/equality-and-diversity.

Widening Participation

FortheBrunelWideningParticipationStrategy2009-2012, see www.brunel.ac.uk/about/strategy/ widening-participation-strategy-2009-2012.

FormoreinformationonWideningParticipationatBrunel, see page 45.

Visiting Brunel


www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

visitin

g B

run

el

visiting Brunel

Brunel Open Days and Campus tours are an excellent opportunity for you to come and meet our staff and students, and see for yourself what the university is really like.

Wewanttomakesurethatyoumakethemostofyourvisit,sotheOpenDaysarecarefullystructuredtohelpyoufindoutallyou need to know about the University and the courses that interestyou.Parentsandguestsaremostwelcometoattend.

Priorbookingisessentialtoensurethateveryonecanbeaccommodated within the programme. Timings vary, but will be confirmed when we acknowledge your booking. As a rough guide,theearliestyouwillneedtoarriveatanOpenDayis9amandthelatestyouwilldepartis4pm.PleasenotethatthereislimitedornoparkingoncampusforOpenDaysandCampusTours – check the web for more details, nearer the time.

To book your place please telephone +44 (0)1895 265595 or go to www.brunel.ac.ukandclicktheOpenDaystabon the right of the homepage.

OurOpenDaysandCampusToursin2011areintendedforstudentsconsidering entry in September 2012 or later. Applicants already holding an offer for 2011 entry and wishing to visit the University shouldcontacttheAdmissionsOffice,on+44(0)1895265265.

Open Days

All days will include:

• awelcomeandintroductionto Brunel University;

• atourofthecampusand accommodation led by current students;

• acoursepresentation;

• astudentlifeseminar– a chance to grill current students on University life;

• afinancesession.

Dates for students considering entry in September 2012 are:

• Friday17June2011

• Friday24June2011

• Friday9September2011

• Wednesday14September 2011

• Friday16September2011

Campus tours (one hour tour)

A Campus Tour is a one hour, general tour of the campus, led by currentstudents.CampusTourstakeplaceonWednesdaysfrommidSeptembertolateNovember2011(excludinghalftermweek),and on two weekdays during half-term (check the web nearer the time for details). For upcoming dates, go to www.brunel.ac.uk andclicktheOpenDaystabontherightofthehomepage.

221

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

v

isit

ing

Bru

nel

Brunel university


How to find us

The Brunel University campus is in Uxbridge, on the western edge of London. It is a short drive from the M4, M40 and M25 and has the added benefit of being part of the London Underground network. There are also a number of bus routes running close to the campus.

As part of Brunel’s commitment to sustainability, we have implemented aTravelPlan,oneofthekeyaimsofwhich is to reduce our carbon footprint by enabling students and staff to travel to the campus by alternative means with less dependency on cars.

Pleaseusethemapsonthefollowingpagesto help you find your way to Brunel, around the local area and around the campus.

By underground

Uxbridge Station is approximately one mile from the campus and you should allow an hour for travel between central London (Baker Street) and Uxbridge on theMetropolitanLine.ThePiccadillyLine also serves Uxbridge, but allow an extra half hour if using this line. Uxbridge bus station is on the right as you come through the underground turnstiles and the bus journey time to Brunel is about 10 minutes off peak and 15 minutes at peak times. See the next page for bus routes.

By train

TrainsrunfromLondonPaddingtonortheWest(Bristol)toWestDrayton.Catchthe 222, U1 or the U3 bus to campus (see the next page for bus information).

By car

ParkingontheUxbridgecampusandinthelocalareaisveryrestricted.However,youwill be allowed to park on campus when moving into your halls of residence. At all other times, vehicles parked in contravention oftheUniversityTraffic,ParkingandPermitRegulationswillbeissuedapenaltycharge notice – for more information, see www.brunel.ac.uk/about/pubfac/car-parking.

M4: Leave the M4 at Junction 4 and follow signs to Uxbridge (A408). Continue on the A408, crossing a set of traffic lights and three roundabouts, then turn right at the second set of lights. Continue over another set of lights, then almost immediately take the right filter lane at another set of lights into Station Road. At a mini roundabout, bear leftintoPieldHeathRoad.Afterabout600mturn left into Kingston Lane. At the first roundabout, turn left into the University.

A40/M40: At Swakeleys Roundabout take the B483 exit to Uxbridge. Follow the signs across two mini roundabouts. At a major roundabout bear left onto the A4020 (signposted to Brunel), then at the second set of traffic lights turn right into Kingston Lane. At the first roundabout, turn right into the University.

M25:(fromtheNorthorSouth)Jointhe M40 or M4 then see above.

Access by car for registered disabled visitors: Disabled parking bays are available at variouslocationsaroundthecampus.Pleasecollect a permit from the Main Reception intheWilfredBrownBuildingonarrival.

MaPs


www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Map

s

By bus

From uxbridge tube station:

• U3 (alight Brunel University, Cleveland Road)

• U1, U4 and U7 (alight Brunel University, Kingston Lane)

• 222 and U5 (alight Cowley Road and use the path via the University accommodation complex)

From West Drayton railway station:

• U1 (alight Brunel University, Kingston Lane)

• U3 (alight Brunel University, Cleveland Road)

• 222 (alight Cowley Road and use the path via the University accommodation complex)

From Heathrow Central:

• A10“HeathrowFast”,every15mins, with a journey time of about25mins–alightHillingdonRoad (stop name The Greenway) and use the footpath to campus

From stockley Park:

• A10“HeathrowFast”asabove, with a journey time of about 10 mins

Bus frequencies (weekdays)

• A10HeathrowAirport–Uxbridge:every 15 to 20 minutes

• U1Ruislip–WestDrayton:every 15 minutes

• U3HeathrowAirport–Uxbridge: every 9-14 minutes

• U4Hayes–Uxbridge:every 7-12 minutes

• U5HayesandHarlington–Uxbridge: every 8-13 minutes

• U7Hayes–Uxbridge:every 30 minutes

• 222Hounslow–Uxbridge:every 6-10 minutes

223

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

M

aps

Brunel university


222U3

427U4

607U5

A10U7

U2N207

222 U5

222 U5

U5

U5U3

U5U3

U3

U3427U4 U7 N207

427 607A10 N207

U3U4 U5 U7

U2

U4 U7U2

U3

427U4

607 A10U7 N207

U3427U4

A10U7 N207

U1

U1

U1

U4 U7U2U1

U1

U1

MaPs


www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

un

el un

iver

sity

Map

sZone A

ChadwickGaskellHealth Economics

Research GroupSchool of Arts

(taught programmes)Marie JahodaBrunel Law SchoolSchool of Social Sciences (UG,

PG and research offices)Meeting House

Zone B

Arts CentreBraggExperimental Techniques

CentreBrunel University PressHalsburyGraduate SchoolInstitute for the EnvironmentSchool of Sport and Education

Zone BWolfson CentreHeinz WolffBiosciences (enquiries)Brunel Institute for

Bioengineering School of Sport and EducationJohn CrankComputer CentreMathematical Sciences

(enquiries)

Zone C

Bannerman CentreAssistive Technology CentreCash OfficeDisability and Dyslexia ServiceJob ShopLibraryPlacement and Careers CentreStudent CentreWest London Assessment

Centre

Hamilton CentreBrunel HospitalityBrunel VolunteersCampus ShopsStudents’ UnionLecture CentreConference OfficeMedia ServicesRecital (Roberts) RoomAPDUMichael SterlingBrunel Business School

(taught programmes)Research Support and

Development OfficeSchool of Engineering and

Design (PG taught and research programmes)

Wilfred BrownAlumni Beldam GalleryEstates (Operations and

Resources)FinanceMarketingReceptionRegistry/AdmissionsSecurity

Zone D

Antonin ArtaudHowellHowell Theatre

(Howell Centre)Joseph LoweDistribution CentreMaintenanceMedical Centre

Heinz Wol�

Halsbury

HamiltonCentre

BannermanCentre

John Crank

Bragg

MichaelSterling

Wilfred Brown

Zone AZone B

Zone C

Zone D

Lecture Centre

NORTH LOOP ROAD

SOUTH LOOP ROAD

Tower A

Tower BTower C Tower D

Howell

Antonin Artaud

Joseph Lowe

Chadwick GaskellMarie Jahoda

TOPPING LANE

WEST SPUR RD

ISA

MBA

RD C

L

Brunel University Press

Cash Points

Arts Centre

Accom Oce

Medical Centre

Meeting House

STATION ROAD

CLE

VEL

AN

D R

OA

DC

LEV

ELA

ND

RO

AD

CO

WLE

Y RO

AD

COW

LEY

ROA

D

Conference Oce

Pond

ControlBarrier

ControlBarrier

The Quad

Post Box

A

1

2 3 4B

CD

E

F G

H I J

K

LM

N

OP Q

�

U3

U5222

Uxbridge 1 mile

222 U5

ReservedVisitor

Pay &Display

Pay &Display

ReservedVisitor

ReservedVisitor

ReservedVisitor

MainReceptionand Security

Isambard ComplexA NorthB MeadowC Michael BevisD ConcourseE Stephen BraggF WestG Maurice KoganH David NeaveI CentralJ EastK RunnymedeL George ShippM Trevor SlaterN ShoreditchO Syd UrryP SouthQ Brian Winstanley

Brunel’s Campus

225

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

M

aps

Brunel university


PIELD HEATH ROAD

Zone G

Brunel Science

Park

Elliott Jaques

Gardiner

Russell

St Johns

Mary Seacole

Sports Centre

Zone E

Zone F

Pavilion

Sports Park

Rive

r Pin

n

Accom O�ce

Lancaster Conf Suite

Counselling

Indo

or A

thle

tics

Cent

re

ControlBarrier

Control BarrierKIN

GSTO

N LAN

E

KING

STON

LAN

E

KING

STON

LANE

13

14

15

16

17

18

5

6

7

8

9

10

12 11

1212

U1, U4, U7

U1, U2, U4, U7

U1, U2, U4, U7

ReservedVisitor

�A10, U1, U4, U7

ReservedVisitor

Entrance

030409 133238

Uxbridge,Middlesex,UB83PHTel 01895 274000 Fax 01895 232806www.brunel.ac.uk

Zone E Zone A Zone F1 Isambard

Complex A – Q

2 Galbraith Hall

3 Fleming Hall

4 Mill Hall

Lancaster Complex13 Borough

Road Hall14 Maria Grey

Hall15 Lancaster

Hall16 Southwark

Hall17 Stockwell

5 Saltash Hall

6 Chepstow Hall

7 Clifton Hall

Bishop Complex8 Bishop Hall9 Kilmorey

Hall10 Lacy Hall11 St Margarets

Hall

12 Faraday Complex

Lancaster Complex18 Gordon Hall

ACCOMMODATION

Please do not use uB8 3PH in any satnav devices as these service providers have not yet adjusted their directions to the new vehicular entrance in Kingston lane.

Tower ABrunel Centre for Advanced

Solidification TechnologyDesign Exhibition CentreSchool of Engineering

and Design (UG taught programmes)

Tower BBITLabTower C and D

Zone E

Mary SeacoleHealth and Social Care

(enquiries)St JohnsInformation Systems and

Computing (enquiries)Indoor Athletics CentreLancaster Conference SuiteSports Centre

Zone F

Accommodation OfficeCounselling ServiceHousing Office

Zone G

Brunel Science ParkElliott JaquesBrunel Business School

(taught programmes)GardinerCLEAPSSRussellBrunel International (including

LIBT)International Pathways and

Language CentreMBA

Map last updated 14/09/09To download the latest version visitwww.brunel.ac.uk/about/campus/directions

A

Accommodation .........35-37

Accreditation of Prior Learning (APL) / Prior Experiential Learning (APEL) .......................... 216

Accreditation by professional institutions ........................21, 208-209

Admissions............3, 212-213

Advice and support ............................39-45, 49

Applications procedure .........................49, 212-213

Arts as a leisure activity .. 15

Assessment ..................... 207

Assistive Technology Centre ....................................... 43

B

Bursaries ........................... 53

C

Campus environment ..................................11, 31

Care leavers (advice and support)..........39, 213

Careers ......................... 21-25

Chaplaincy ........................ 45

Classification of degrees ............................. 204, 207

Clearing .............................. 3

Clubs and societies........... 27

Computer Centre ..............13

Counselling ....................... 41

Courses: index .............54-57

Courses: structure .......................... 7, 204-207

D

Deposits ...........................211

Disability and Dyslexia Service ........................... 43

Disabled students ......................... 23, 35, 43,

213, 219, 221

Drama as a leisure activity .......................... 15

E

English language requirements .........51, 216

Enquiries ............................. 3

Entry requirements ............................. 214-216

Examinations .................. 207

Exchange schemes ........... 21

F

Facilities .............. 11, 13, 15, 19, 31,

35-37, 39, 41, 43

Fees .................... 53, 210-211

Financial matters ....................... 53, 210-211

Food and drink ................. 37

Foreign languages .....................7, 13, 51, 206

H

Halls of residence ........35-37

I

International Pathways and Language Centre (IPLC)............13, 51

International students .... 47-51, 214-216

J

Jobs, part-time ........... 25, 53

Joint honours ................. 205

L

Languages .......7, 13, 51, 206

League tables ..................... 7

Library ................................13

Location ....... 33, 47, 221-225

London ............................. 33

London International College of Business and Technology (LIBT) ........ 51

M

Maps ........................ 222-225

Mature students ............ 216

Media (student radio and magazine) ............. 27

Media Services ..................13

Medical care ..................... 41

Mentoring ........................ 23

Modular course structure ................. 7, 206

Money matters ....................... 53, 210-211

Music as a leisure activity .......................... 15

N

National Student Survey ... 7

Nightlife............................ 27

O

Offers ...............................213

Open Days and Campus Tours ......... 3, 220

Overseas students .................. 47-51, 214-216

Overseas exchanges......... 21

General Index

226 BruNEL uNIvErsIty

www.brunel.ac.uk

Br

uN

EL uN

IvEr

sIty

Gen

eral Ind

ex

227

p

part-time applicants ..................................204, 213

part-time jobs ..................25, 53

placement and Careers Centre .................. 21-25, 208

professional accreditation ............................ 21, 208-209

Q

Quality .....................................7

research Assessment exercise ............................9

r

religious faith ...............45, 218

research quality .................. 8-9

s

sandwich courses ............................ 21, 204-209

scholarships ................... 53, 211

Music awards .....................15

sport scholarships .............17

social life ...............................27

sponsorship .........209, 210, 213

sport .................................16-19

structure of courses .... 204-207

students’ union .........27-29, 39

study support ..................13, 39

summary of terms ....... 217-218

t

teaching methods ..............207

travel and transport around Brunel ...................... 31-33, 221-225

tuition fees .............53, 210-211

tutor network .......................39

u

uCAs .......................49, 212-215

union of Brunel students ..................27-29, 39

uxbridge ................................33

v

Vetting and Barring scheme ..................... 213, 215

Volunteering .........................25

W

West london Assessment Centre ................................43

Widening participation ...............23, 39, 45, 213, 219

WiFi ........................................13

Work placements ........................... 21, 204-209

227

Br

un

el u

niv

ersi

ty

g

ener

al in

dex

Brunel university


Officers Of the University

chancellorthe rt Hon the lord Wakeham

pro-chancellorthe lord lingfield

vice-chancellor and principalprofessor Chris Jenks

vice-principalprofessor Mansoor sarhadi

pro-vice-chancellors

professor steve Dixon (strategy and Development)

professor ian Campbell (external relations and teaching Quality)

professor Geoff rodgers (research)

professor Ken Darby-Dowman (student experience and staff Development)

Copyright © Brunel university issn 1361-4975

credits

edited by rachel turvey, publications officer

photography by sally trussler and neil Graveney

design by Andrew Hill, Brunel university press

printed by Belmont press

thanks for provision of additional photographs to Mark shearman (perri, page 16) and peter spurrier (Beth, page 17)

our thanks, too, to all the staff, students, graduates, schools, hospitals, companies and organisations featured in this prospectus.

printed by an iso 14001 printer using vegetable based inks on fsc certifi ed stock (55% recycled)

scan this code with the Qr reader* on your mobile phone for more online information about undergraduate study at Brunel.

* A software download may be required. search the internet for a list of free providers and compatible phone types.

UN

DERG

RAD

UA

TE PROSPEC

TUS 2

01

2B

RU

NEL U

NIV

ERSITY

B84

BRU

NL

Undergraduate Prospectus 2012

Documents

Transcript of Undergraduate Prospectus 2012